cc/td/doc/product/wanbu/bpx8600/9_3_3
hometocprevnextglossaryfeedbacksearchhelp
PDF

Table of Contents

9.3.35 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software
About the 9.3 Release
Software Release 9.3.35
Software Release 9.3.30
Software Release 9.3.24
Software Release 9.3.20
Software Release 9.3.11
Software Release 9.3.10
Software Release 9.3.05
Software Release 9.3.00
Clarifications for Release 9.3.35
Clarifications for Release 9.3.30
Clarifications for Release 9.3.24
Clarifications for Release 9.3.20
Clarifications for Release 9.3.11
Clarifications for Release 9.3.10
Clarifications for Release 9.3.05
Clarifications for Release 9.3.00
Clarifications for Release 9.2
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements
Notes and Cautions
Additional Documentation
Compatibility Matrix
Known Anomalies for Release 9.3.35
Known Anomalies from Previous Releases
Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.35
Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.30
Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.24
Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.20
Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.11
Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.10
Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.05
Additional Deliverables
Default Values
Appendix A. BXM Firmware MFR Release Notes
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFR:
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFP:
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFN:
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFM:
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFK:
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFJ:
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFH:
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFF
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFE
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFD
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFC
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFB
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFA
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEC
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEB
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEA
New Features supported in BXM Firmware MDA
Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements
Features obsoleted
Notes, Cautions & Clarifications
Known Anomalies
Bugs Fixed in MFR
Bugs Fixed in MFP
Bugs Fixed in MFN
Bugs Fixed in MFM
Bugs Fixed in MFL
Bugs Fixed in MFK
Bugs Fixed in MFJ
Bugs Fixed in MFH
Bugs Fixed in MFF
Bugs Fixed in MFE
Bugs Fixed in MFD
Bugs Fixed in MFC
Bugs Fixed in MFB
Bugs Fixed in MFA
Bugs Fixed in MEC
Bugs Fixed in MEB
Bugs Fixed in release MEA
Bugs Fixed in release MDA
Appendix B. UXM Model C ACH Firmware Release Notes
Appendix C. URM Model B Firmware XBB Release Notes
Known Anomalies
Notes and Cautions
Obtaining Documentation
Obtaining Technical Assistance

9.3.35 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN Switching System Software


About the 9.3 Release

The 9.3 software release supports the Cisco WAN switching products: BPX 8600 series and IGX 8400 series. This release does not support the IPX switch.

Throughout this document, unless otherwise stated, all references to the BXM also include the BXM-E, and references to the UXM also include the UXM-E.

Phased Release Strategy

The rollout plan for the 9.3 release is based upon a series of incremental feature releases. This phased feature release strategy is designed to allow the earliest customer availability of key new features, consistent with maintaining high product quality. For the latest status of each 9.3 feature, please see the following information.

The minimum release version noted in the table represents the minimum switch software version required for each feature. As usual, it is recommended that customers use the most current maintenance releases.

Definitions

Generally Available (GA)

Feature is ready for wide deployment with no restrictions. Customers deploying GA features are supported by the Technical Assistance Center (TAC).

First Customer Ship (FCS)

Feature is available for controlled introduction to selected customers. To trial an FCS feature, please contact your account representative. Customers selected for controlled introduction receive assistance with the test plan review and special support from the New Product Team (NPT) in addition to the normal Technical Assistance Center (TAC) support.

Pre-First Customer Ship (Pre-FCS)

Feature is not yet supported in the Switch Software baseline.

Target Date

This is the date for feature delivery that is supported by current Engineering and Marketing plans. This date is subject to change.

Product Feature Name FCS/GA Status Minimum Release

BPX

Hitless Connection Density Upgrade for BXM

GA

9.3.00

BPX

Support for 3 VSI Partitions

GA

9.3.00

BPX

VSI MIB Support

GA

9.3.00

BPX/IGX

800 Board-Level Revision Number

GA

9.3.00

BPX/IGX

Priority Bumping

GA

9.3.00

BPX/IGX

SCR and PCR Policing at Less Than 50 CPS on BXM/BXM-E and UXM/UXM-E

GA

9.3.00

BPX/IGX

Separate Abort Stack

GA

9.3.00

BPX/IGX

Upgrades Protection

GA

9.3.00

BPX/IGX

Control Traffic Shaping

GA

9.3.00

IGX

2000 VC Bandwidth Parameters

GA

9.3.00

IGX

UXM/UXM-E ATM Forum IMA-Compliant Ports

GA

9.3.00

BPX

Virtual Ports

GA

9.3.05

BPX

Dynamic Partitioning

GA

9.3.10

BPX/IGX

Qbin Statistics

GA

9.3.10

IGX

ILMI 4.0

GA

9.3.10

BPX/IGX

ILMI/ELMI Neighbor Discovery

GA

9.3.10

IGX

ELMI for UFMs

GA

9.3.10

IGX

VSI/MPLS

GA

9.3.10

IGX

URM Router Functionality

FCS

9.3.20

IGX

URM BC-2FE Back Card

FCS

9.3.30

IGX

URM VSI Support

FCS

9.3.30

IGX

URM Remote Router Configuration

FCS

9.3.30

IGX

CRC-4 Error Detection

FCS

9.3.30

BPX/IGX

AIS OAM Recognition

FCS

9.3.30

BPX/IGX

800 Part Number Support

FCS

9.3.30

BPX

Automatic Routing Management to PNNI Migration

FCS

9.3.30

BPX

Network to Endpoint Connectivity Verification

FCS

9.3.30

BPX

Deferred Connection Alarm Generation

FCS

9.3.30

BPX

Enhanced NNI - End-to-end OAM across BPX-MGX Networks

FCS

9.3.30

BPX

Provisioning of end-to-end AR - PNNI PVCs (XPVC) across BPX - MGX Networks

FCS

9.3.30

BPX

LMI/ILMI on Virtual Ports

FCS

9.3.30

BPX/IGX

TFTP Configuration Save and Restore

FCS

9.3.30

BPX

F4 - F5 Mapping

FCS

9.3.30

BPX/IGX

Virtual Trunk Clock Source Synchronization

FCS

9.3.30

BPX

60K Channel support for VSI

FCS

9.3.30

BPX/IGX

Trunk Incremental Cell Delay Variance (CDV)

FCS

9.3.30

BPX/IGX

Concurrent Routing

FCS

9.3.30

Software Release 9.3.35

This is a maintenance release including all features supported up to Release 9.3.30.

Table 1   Release 9.3.35 BPX Files

File Name(s)  File Size 

9335B.000-9335B.024

65536

9335B.025

38408

9335B.img

784

Table 2   Release 9.3.35 IGX Files

File Name  File Size 

9335G.000-9335G.027

65536

9335G.028

41233

9335G.img

784

Software Release 9.3.30

This release includes all features supported up to Release 9.3.24. With Release 9.3.30, the BPX and IGX switch software supports several new features. An overview of each feature is presented in the following sections.

1. URM BC-2FE Back Card on the IGX

Release 9.3.30 provides support for the new BC-2FE back card for the IGX Universal Router Module (URM). The BC-2FE back card provides two Fast Ethernet (FE) ports that support 100 Mbps Ethernet. The URM front card and BC-2FE back card combination supports IOS-routing functions only. The URM front card and BC-2FE2V back card combination introduced in Release 9.3.20 continues to support both IOS-based voice and routing functions.

There are a couple precautions regarding the use of the BC-2FE back card.

For more information about BC-2FE card, refer to the Cisco IGX 8400 Series Provisioning Guide.

The CLI commands modified to support the new URM BC-2FE back card are listed below.

dspcd (display card)

In addition to other card information, now displays detailed information about the new URM BC-2FE back card.

dspcds (display cards)

In addition to other card information, now displays the new URM BC-2FE back card.

2. URM VSI Support on the IGX

Release 9.3.30 introduces support for the Virtual Switch Interface (VSI) feature on the IGX URM. The VSI feature and usage on the URM is the same as for VSI on the UXM interface card, except that the URM does not support trunks, or IMA lines and trunks. An NPM with 4M BRAM and 64M RAM is required to support this feature. Existing CLI commands are used to configure VSI on the URM embedded ATM port. These commands configure the VSI controller, VSI slave, VSI partition, service class template (SCT), and VSI Qbin statistics. The IOS CLI VSI xtag commands are used to configure the URM embedded router.

3. URM Remote Router Configuration Feature on the IGX

The Release 9.3.30 Remote Router Configuration feature allows you to start up the URM embedded IOS router with an IOS configuration file that is downloaded from a TFTP server and stored in the URM Admin flash. In order to use this feature, all nodes in the network must be running Release 9.3.30 or higher. This feature eliminates the need to have console access to the embedded router to perform initial configuration. Once the IOS configuration file is stored in the URM, it can be used repeatedly upon router reset or restart. The IOS configuration file can have a configuration to enable access to the router from standard TCP-based applications, such as telnet, FTP, and TFTP. The maximum file size for the router configuration file is 256K and the maximum file name length is 32 bytes.

The new and modified CLI commands used to support the URM Remote Router Configuration feature are listed below.

burnrtrcnf (burn router configuration file)

Burns the IOS configuration file from the NPM RAM buffer to the Admin flash of the URM card. This is a new CLI command.

clrrtrcnf (clear router configuration file)

Clears the NPM RAM buffer used to store the IOS configuration file downloaded from the TFTP server. This is a new CLI command.

cnfrtr (configure router configuration parameters)

Configures the router parameters on a specified router slot. A new parameter value is added to specify the URM Admin flash as the source of the IOS configuration file.

cnfrtrcnfmastip (configure router configuration download initiator TFTP server IP)

Configures the IP address of the authorized TFTP server from which the IOS configuration file is to be transferred. This is a new CLI command.

dspcd (display card)

Now also displays the Remote Router Configuration feature supported by the URM front card.

dspcnf (display configuration save/restore status)

This command is modified to display that the NPM RAM buffer is occupied with an IOS configuration file.

dsprtr (display router)

Displays the router parameter configuration on a specified router slot. The display includes the new parameter value specifying the URM Admin flash as the source of the IOS configuration file.

dsprtrcnfdnld (display status of router configuration file)

Displays the progress of the transfer of the IOS configuration file from the TFTP server to the NPM RAM buffer and the copy (burn) of the configuration file to the URM Admin flash. The display is updated dynamically. This is a new CLI command.

dsprtrslot (display router slot)

Displays operational information and alarm status for the router on a specified router slot. The display now includes information on the IOS configuration file stored in the URM Admin flash.

4. TFTP Configuration Save and Restore Feature on the BPX and IGX

In releases prior to 9.3.30, the configuration save and restore facility used a proprietary protocol for communication between the nodes and CWM only. With the Release 9.3.30 TFTP Configuration Save and Restore facility, the standard TFTP protocol can be used to backup configuration files to a network server other than CWM. The TFTP server can be any machine that is accessible to the network and is used to store configuration files. Configuration files that are saved using the TFTP method can be restored using the proprietary method, and vice versa, as long as the files are stored in the correct directory with the correct file names assumed by the proprietary protocol. In order to use this feature, all nodes in the network must be running Release 9.3.30 or higher.

The TFTP Configuration Save and Restore facility includes a TFTP Start file interface for initiating a configuration save and restore request. The TFTP Start file naming convention is:

dnld.savecnf

for the Save operation

dnld.loadcnf

for the Restore operation.

Upon receipt of the TFTP Start file, the node drives the save and restore process in the same manner as it does with a CLI or SNMP request.

The default number of simultaneous sessions is 4, but the feature allows for up to 15 simultaneous TFTP Save/Restore operations. Use the default, then slowly increase the number of sessions to guard against any traffic congestion problems in your network(s).

The TFTP Configuration Save/Restore feature requires that all nodes in the network run software releases 9.3.30 or greater.

The TFTP Configuration Save operation requires that the following directory and files are created on the TFTP server prior to initiating the Save operation on the switch. Also, these directory and files have to have Read, Write, Execute permissions turned on for everybody.

Directory:

The general format of the directory is "pathname/<backup_id>_Cfgdir. For example, /usr/users/svplus/<backup_id>_Cfgdir. The pathname "/usr/users/svplus" can be different from this example. However, the "<backup_id>_Cfgdir" part has to follow the format in this example. Where the backup_id is the name given by the user to the saved configuration.

Files:

Create the following empty files in the directory:

D1.<nodename>.cfg

D1.<nodename>.000

D1.<nodename>.001

Nodename is the name of the node for which the configuration is to be saved.

The new and modified CLI commands used to support the TFTP Configuration Save and Restore facility are listed below.


Note   The TFTP Configuration Save and Restore facility also includes an SNMP interface for initiating configuration save and restore requests and reporting errors and status. This new interface allows the use of other network management platforms running SNMP managers for driving network management functionality in the WAN.

cnffwswinit (configure FW/SW download initiator IP address)

Specifies the IP address of the machine used to initiate a firmware or software download. This command now allows you to specify the IP address of the network server used to initiate the configuration save and restore operation using the TFTP Start file or SNMP interface.

cnfsysparm (configure system parameters)

Configures system-wide parameters. A new parameter is added to indicate the total number of nodes that can perform TFTP configuration data transfers simultaneously.

cnfnodeparm (configure node parameter)

Configures node-level parameters. A new parameter, IP Relay Gateway Node Number, is added to specify the number of the node that is to serve as the IP Relay Gateway to the TFTP target network server. The target network server must be reachable through the LAN from the configured IP Relay Gateway. The gateway can be the same on all nodes if a single target network server is used for all TFTP configuration backups. Multiple gateways and multiple target network servers can be used to decrease bottlenecks and the time required to back up the entire network.

savecnf (save configuration)

Takes a snapshot of the existing node configuration, saves it in RAM buffer files, then uploads the files to a network server, where they are stored on disk. Parameters are now expanded to allow configuration of the IP address of a network server other than CWM and specify TFTP for data transfer.

loadcnf (load configuration)

Downloads node configuration files from a network server to the node, where they are stored in the RAM buffer. Parameters are now expanded to allow configuration of the IP address of a network server other than CWM and specify TFTP for data transfer.

dspcnf (display configuration save/restore status)

Displays the save and restore status on each node in the network. The format of some node status messages are modified to support this feature. Specifically, the message substring "SV+node name is replaced with the IP address of the SV+ (CWM) or TFTP server.".

5. Trunk Incremental CDV Feature on BPX and IGX

The Release 9.3.30 Trunk Incremental CDV feature reduces the transmission latency introduced at the egress port of a voice or NTS connection when the connection traverses one or more virtual trunks.

In order to maintain end-to-end bit transparency for voice and non-timestamped (NTS) data connections, the system must know the worst-case cell delay variation (CDV) that may be experienced by a cell as it traverses the network. The system creates an egress de-jitter buffer large enough to cancels the worst-case CDV on each connection.

Most delay components through the network are fixed, i.e., all cells experience the same delay. Only the queuing delay experienced on a trunk may be different from one cell to another. The worst-case CDV caused by the variable queuing delay for a point-to-point leased line trunk is easily calculated as a function of the trunk transmit queue sizes and the trunk transmit rate. Unfortunately, the worst-case CDV on a trunk which is carried as a VP through an ATM service provider's network cannot be calculated by the BPX/IGX software.

Consequently, in prior software releases, the BPX/IGX software would assume the largest possible value of CDV for virtual trunks. Thus, the egress de-jitter buffer for any voice or NTS connection carried over a virtual trunk was set to a very large value, adding delay to the connection which was often unnecessary.

With this feature, instead of assuming the maximum possible CDV for a virtual trunk, the BPX/IGX system allows the network administrator to specify the incremental CDV of a trunk which results from the ATM service, based on the type of VP service used for the trunk (CBR, rt-VBR, nrt-VBR, etc.) and CDV information that may be provided by the ATM service provider. In this way, much more realistic CDV values are used, resulting in more reasonable (i.e., smaller) egress de-jitter buffers for voice and NTS connections carried on virtual trunks. The feature allows the explicit configuration of the incremental CDV for both virtual and non-virtual trunks to accommodate the case where a non-virtual trunk uses an ATM service provider's VP service.

The configured incremental CDV for each trunk is added to the calculated CDV (based on the trunk transmit queue depths and the trunk transmit rate) to derive the effective CDV. The effective CDV is used during connection routing to ensure that the CDV tolerance specified for the connection (in cnfsysparm) is not exceeded. The effective CDV is also used to derive the de-jitter buffer size at the egress ports.

The incremental CDV is specified in units of 125 microseconds. The incremental CDV value is restricted such that the sum of the incremental CDV and the calculated CDV (based on the trunk transmit queue depths and the trunk transmit rate) does not exceed 255 units of 125 microseconds.

When changing the voice queue depth or the NTS queue depth, the acceptable range is restricted such that the sum of the incremental CDV and the calculated CDV does not exceed 255 units of 125 microseconds.

The incremental CDV is defaulted to 0 for every trunk during upgrade, as well as when a new trunk is added.

The CLI commands modified to support the Trunk Incremental CDV feature are listed below.

cnftrk (configure trunk)

Configures trunk parameters. A new parameter is added to specify the incremental CDV value for a trunk.

dsptrkcnf (display trunk configuration)

Displays the incremental CDV value configured for a trunk.

6. xCRC-4 Error Detection Feature on the IGX

ITU-T recommendation G.704 provides for the optional use of a 4-bit CRC to report errors in the E1 framing structure. The Release 9.3.30 CRC-4 Protection feature allows you to enable/disable the CRC check on multiframed UXM E1 trunks and lines.

The CLI commands modified to support the CRC-4 Protection feature are listed below.

cnftrk (configure trunk)

Configures trunk parameters. The command now allows you to enable/disable the CRC check on all multiframed E1 trunks.

dsptrkcnf (display trunk configuration)

Displays the current state of the CRC check on a multiframed E1 trunk.

cnfln (configure line)

Configures line parameters. The command now allows you to enable/disable the CRC check on all multiframed E1 lines.

dsplncnf (display line configuration)

Displays the current state of the CRC check on a multiframed E1 line.

7. AIS OAM Recognition Feature on BPX and IGX

With the Release 9.3.30 AIS OAM Recognition feature, virtual trunks recognize receipt of end-to-end F4 OAM AIS alarms from the ATM service provider. Prior to Release 9.3.30,virtual trunks recognized ILMI traps/responses as a source of Virtual trunk path failure.

The AIS OAM Recognition feature is provided on BPX BXM and IGX UXM cards only. Virtual trunks in a VP-Tunnelling configuration (IGX) do not support this feature.

The absence or presence of ILMI support from the ATM service provider does not affect the functionality of detecting F4 OAM AIS. Similarly, absence or presence of AIS indication from the ATM cloud does not affect the functionality of ILMI.

The Virtual Trunk Path Fail states have been expanded to distinguish between failures due to ILMI and AIS. The trunk states now include:

This feature provides a new entry point into the Virtual Trunk Path Failure alarm. Consequently, more connection rerouting may occur. You can use the cnftrk Trunk Deroute Delay timer to avoid excessive rerouting during brief outages.

The CLI commands modified to support the AIS OAM Recognition feature are listed below.

cnftrk (configure trunk)

Configures trunk parameters. A new parameter, F4 AIS Detection, is added to enable the AIS OAM Recognition feature.

dsptrkcnf (display trunk configuration)

Displays the parameter configuration for a trunk. The display now includes the new F4 AIS Detection parameter

dspcd (display card)

Displays support for the AIS OAM Recognition feature on the BXM ("F4F5" field) and UXM ("F4 AIS Recognition" field) cards.

dsptrks (display trunks)

Displays all trunks on a node. The Virtual Trunk Path Fail state alarms are expanded to distinguish between failures due to ILMI and AIS.

8. Virtual Trunk Clock Source Synchronization Feature on BPX and IGX

With the increased use of virtual trunks in Wide Area Networks, it is required that the clock source be derived from the ATM service provider for network synchronization. The Virtual Trunk Clock Source Synchronization feature associates the network clock source with the physical interface, rather than the virtual interface. This enables the use of all configurable virtual interfaces available on a physical trunk port as clock sources. When a virtual trunk fails, the clock source is not switched to another physical interface or internal clock source if there is another active, clock configurable virtual interface on the physical interface. This means that if at least one virtual trunk interface is up without any failure, the physical interface remains a sustainable clock source. This feature has no effect on regular, non-virtual trunks.

When a virtual trunk port is configured for clock source, the first virtual trunk interface on the trunk port is internally marked as the clock source. If the first virtual trunk interface on the trunk port fails, or becomes unusable as the clock source, the node searches for the next active virtual trunk interface that is usable as a clock source and marks that interface as the clock source. This virtual trunk search mechanism allows the clock source of the node to be associated with the physical trunk port rather than the physical interface. The clock selection mechanism within the same trunk port is transparent to the other nodes in the network, including the highest numbered node.

The CLI commands modified to support the feature are listed below.

cnfclksrc (configure network clock source)

Configures a network-wide clock source. The prompts and error messages now support the Virtual Trunk Clock Source Synchronization feature.

dsplog (display event log)

Displays the event log for a node. The clock switch event log for local and remote node is modified for clock switches between physical interfaces. The virtual interface number is no longer included in the trunk address.

9. 800 Part Number Support for Back Card Feature on BPX and IGX

This Release 9.3.30 feature enables display of the 800-level part number (also referred to as the Top Assembly Number, or TAN) for selected back cards. The 800 part number provides information about the back card that can assist with trouble shooting. Only back cards used by the following front cards provide 800 part number support:

The 800 Part Number Support feature is not provided on controller back cards. Additionally, this feature does not provide the capability of writing the back card 800 part number on the IGX.

The CLI commands modified to support the 800 Part Number Support for Back Card feature are listed below.

dspcd (display card)

Displays the 800 part number for supported back cards.

10. Virtual Port ILMI Enhancement on the BPX

The Virtual Port ILMI enhancement enables selection of the ILMI link management protocol on a BXM physical interface configured with virtual ports. Prior to Release 9.3.30, the ILMI protocol applied only to physical ports. LMI continues to be supported on BXM physical ports only.

Although ILMI can be enabled on the virtual ports, there is only one ILMI session per physical interface; meaning, an ILMI session only runs between the BXM physical interface and the ATM device to which it is directly connected. Similar to the existing ILMI implementation on the physical ports, the ILMI session on the BXM interface with virtual ports does not process incoming connection status traps.

ILMI configuration performed on one virtual port applies to all virtual ports on the same physical interface. When the protocol is enabled on a virtual port, ILMI processing is done only on the BXM card. You cannot configure the protocol to run on the controller card (BCC) with virtual ports.

The ILMI Neighbor Discovery feature on the BXM interfaces with virtual ports is only supported at the BPX switch level. There is currently no Cisco Wan Manager support for this feature. The cnfport CLI has been modified to allow users to configure ILMI on a virtual port.

11. Concurrent Routing on the BPX and IGX

The Release 9.3.30 Concurrent Routing feature allows multiple route requests to be concurrently active on a node. This feature shortens network settling time (the time required for all connections in the network to reroute) by allowing multiple route requests to be accepted and serviced without blocking.

The maximum total number of concurrent routes is eight, and the maximum number of master routes is two. The second instance of the master route has to be path orthogonal to the first master route (i.e. with non-overlapping path). If the master node fails to find the second eligible route after a number of tries, it gives up the second route attempt—the second route is path blocked.

Concurrent routing also supports CPU throttling, a mechanism used to temporarily reduce routing concurrency when CPU utilization exceeds a defined threshold. The threshold is set by the cnfrrcpu command.

CLI commands modified to support the Concurrent Routing feature are listed below.

cnfcmparm (configure connection management parameters)

Configures connection management parameters for a node. A new parameter, Route Concurrency Level, is added to specify the number of concurrent routes available on the node.

dsprrst (display reroute statistics)

Displays reroute statistics. New statistics show the CPU throttling/resumption details for master, via, and slave routes. A new optional parameter now displays nodal settling time measurements.

cnfrrcpu (configure CPU-based reroute throttling level parameters)

Configures CPU-based reroute throttling level for master, via and slave nodes.

12. 60K Channel support for VSI on the BPX

The Release 9.3.30 60K channel support for VSI feature provides the capability to support up to 60K channels for VSI connections on trunk side, port side, or a combination of trunks and ports. The enhanced BXM-E card models DX and EX support up to 60K channels per card slot. In contrast, pre-release 9.3.30 switch software specifies that the total number of channels used by AutoRoute and VSI connections cannot exceed 32K. The maximum supported AutoRoute channels remains at 32K.

To upgrade a BXM-E card slot with 32K channel configuration, you can execute the new upgdvsilcn command. If you have a BXM card slot, and want to configure that slot to use the 60K channels feature, you have to follow the procedure for "Hitless Upgrade of BXM to BXM-E" documented in Release 9.3.00, then execute the new upgdvsilcn command.

Channel statistics level 0 or 1 is required for feature operation. If you execute upgdvsilcn with channel statistics levels 2 or 3, you receive the following error message: "Logical card does not support 60K LCN for VSI." Use the cnfcdparm command to specify the channel statistics level.

The new and modified CLI commands used to support the 60 channel support for VSI feature are listed below.

dspcd (display card)

Displays card detail. The command now displays the total channel number the physical BXM-E card can support.

dspcmi

Display the Total LCN for the Physical and Logical card.

dsplog (display event log)

Displays the event log for a node. Events are added to log configuration of 60K VSI LCN.

dsplogcd

Display the Maximum channel number used for the Autoroute Connection and VSI Connection. They are max_ar_lcn and max_vsi_lcn respectively.

upgdvsilcn (expand VSI LCN to 60K for BXM-E)

Configures the BXM-E card slot to support 60K VSI channels. This is a new CLI command.

13. F4 to F5 Mapping Feature on the BPX

The F4 to F5 Mapping feature allows end-to-end OAM cell flow on a multi-segment PVC to enhance end-to-end connection management. The feature allows the path level OAM (F4 AIS) cells arriving at the VCC/VPC interface to be mapped to channel level OAM (F5 AIS) cells for all the VCC segments at the interface with the same VPI value. The VPC is provisioned by the ATM service provider. The VCCs are terminated at the BXM line port, which is the VPC/VCC interface. When the F4 to F5 Mapping feature is enabled on a BXM port, the BXM is programmed to detect F4 AIS for all the VPIs for which VCCs exist on that port. Consequently, F4 to F5 mapping is configured on a logical port basis. Mapping is not configured for VPIs on a logical port.

The modified CLI commands used to support the F4 to F5 Mapping feature are listed below.

addcon (add an ATM connection)

Adds connections. This command now displays error messages to support this feature.

cnfport (configure ATM port)

Configures port parameters. A new parameter, F4 to F5 Mapping, is added to enable/disable this feature. In addition, the number of F4-F5 channels on the port is displayed.

dspport (display port)

Displays port configuration. The command now displays the state of the F4 to F5 Mapping feature. In addition, the number of F4-F5 channels on the port is displayed.

dspcd (display card)

Displays support for the feature on the BXM card ("F4F5" field).

dspchuse (display channel usage)

Displays the channel distribution in a specified slot. This command now shows the number of channels used for F4-F5 mapping.

14. Automatic Routing Management to PNNI Migration

Release 9.3.30 supports the first phase of the Automatic Routing Management (AR) to Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI) migration. This release enables the introduction of PNNI networking software and MGX 8800 series routing switches into existing networks comprising BPX 8600 series routing switches running AR networking software.

The BPX 8600 supports both an Extended Permanent Virtual Connection (XPVC) and an Extended Permanent Virtual Path (XPVP) that spans over an AR-PNNI, or AR-PNNI-AR, hybrid network. This document concentrates on Extended Permanent Virtual Connections (XPVCs). Each XPVC can contain up to five segments that support various combination pairs of FR, ATM, and RPM endpoints. Each XPVC may contain feeder nodes such as MGX 8220, MGX 8230, MGX 8250, and Release 1 MGX 8850.

The UNI or NNI interface on each XPVC segment is enhanced and called Enhanced User-to-Network Interface (EUNI) or Enhanced Network-to-Network Interface (ENNI). The EUNI/ENNI allows segment OAM loopback cells to start from an edge of the hybrid AR-PNNI network and traverse through the multiple XPVC segments. When a fault is identified, CLI commands described in this document can be used at each EUNI/ENNI point to loopback OAM cells. Cisco recommends you use the Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) application to set up multi-segment OAM loopback. This OAM segmentation capability supports fault isolation in the AR-PNNI network.

With Release 9.3.30, the BXM card supports an Extended Local Management Interface (XLMI) protocol. The XLMI protocol enables the exchange of connection status and Neighbor Discovery information between the BPX and MGX switches in the AR-PNNI hybrid network.XLMI supports D bit, meaning that if a segment is automatically deleted, an AIS is sent to the Customer Premises Equipment (CPE). Abit operational status is not exchanged.

The CWM combines the XPVC segments into a single connection for simplified management. CWM must be used to add, modify, or delete a multi-segment XPVC (using the SNMP Service Agent proxy along with provided CWM-XPVC-CLI scripting capability). CWM must also be used to display the XPVC connection details. The CWM initiates test delay procedures and monitors the connection endpoints at the edge of the AR-PNNI network. CWM receives connection information from each network segment and reports the XPVC connection status.

The Release 9.3.30 AR-PNNI networking feature is compatible with the following network components:

The following PVC endpoints are eligible on the AR network edge:

All connections supported on BPX software Release 9.3 with the above endpoints are supported in the AR-PNNI hybrid network. All feeders supported on BPX software Release 9.3 are supported in the AR-PNNI hybrid network.

The following network components are not supported:

The XLMI protocol only runs on the BXM card and is only supported over the AR-PNNI link.

The following features are not supported in Release 9.3.30:

The modified CLI commands used to support the AR-PNNI migration feature are listed below.

addyred (add Y-cable redundancy)

Performs XLMI feature mismatch verification on a Y-cabled redundant BXM pair.

cnflan (configure LAN)

Sends the LAN IP address to the BXM when the XLMI protocol is enabled and the Management IP address is the LAN IP address.

cnfnodeparm (configure node parameter)

Configures the XLMI Management IP address as LAN IP address or Network IP address.

cnfnwip (configure network IP address)

Sends the Network IP address to the BXM when the XLMI protocol is enabled and the Management IP address is the Network IP address.

cnfoamseg (configure connection OAM segment status)

Configures the segment status of an ENNI endpoint in a hybrid AR-PNNI network. This is a new CLI command.

cnfport (configure ATM port)

Configures the BXM port type as EUNI/ENNI and enables both the XLMI protocol and Neighbor Discovery feature. The command also performs Neighbor Discovery feature mismatch verification on replacement BXM cards.

dspcd (display card)

Displays the BXM card's capability to support the XLMI protocol and LMI Neighbor Discovery feature.

dspcon (display connection)

Displays the local AR node connection details for an XPVC segment.

dspcons (display connections)

With the -abit parameter, displays the connection status of an XPVC segment at the AR-PNNI interfaces. "Abit" is not exchanged through XLMI between a BPX switch and an MGX Release 2 switch. The Abit display interpretation on MGX Release 2 and the BPX gateway node is changed. The abit display on the gateway BPX and the MGX Release 2 nodes means connection is missing on the neighbor network.

dspnebdisc (display neighbor discovery)

Displays the neighbor AXSM's topology information when the XLMI protocol and LMI Neighbor Discovery feature are enabled. The command also displays the protocol running on the BXM port, for example, ILMI or XLMI.

dspoamseg (display connection OAM segment status)

Displays the segment status of an XPVC segment in a hybrid AR-PNNI network. This is a new CLI command.

dspport (display port)

Displays the status and configuration of a BXM port terminating an XPVC segment.

tstdelay (test connection round-trip delay)

Tests a multi-segment XPVC in the AR-PNNI hybrid network. The tstdelay command provides data continuity as well as delay measurement between the 2 edges of our network.

15. Network to Endpoint Connectivity Verification and Round Trip Delay Measurement

The network to endpoint loopback connectivity verification feature tests the data path for a connection from a BPX switch by generating and detecting end-to-end OAM loopback cells. You can verify the connectivity from the network to a PVC endpoint or a PVP endpoint, depending upon the type of connection on which the test is issued from the BPX switch. Unlike the command tstdelay, which tests connectivity "inside" the network, the new command tstpingoam tests connectivity going "out" of the network.

New command tstpingoam: This new command is used to test the network to endpoint (CPE) connectivity of a connection using end-to-end OAM loopback cells.

The tstpingoam command is useful for troubleshooting in a multi-provider network, as shown in Figure 1.


Figure 1   Multi-Provider Network


When an end user experiences connectivity or delay problems with a connection to an ATM network, there are multiple places where connectivity problems can occur. It is difficult to determine where the problem is located, and therefore, who has the responsibility to fix the problem. By giving each service provider the ability to establish connectivity with the CPE and measure delay, they can quickly narrow down which network has the problem, then work within that network to fix the problem.

The new or modified CLI commands used to support the network to endpoint loopback connectivity verification feature are listed below.

tstpingoam (network to endpoint loopback test)

Performs a network to endpoint loopback test of the data path for a connection from a BPX switch by generating and detecting end-to-end OAM loopback cells.

cnfcdparm (configure card parameters)

Provides for selection of O.151 OAM cell format (a non-standard format still used by some service providers) instead of the standard I.610 OAM cell format. Refer to this command if you need to change the OAM cell format used in the test.

tstconseg (test connection segment)

Used to test segment connectivity "outside" the network. The round trip delay measurement is added to this command display.

tstdelay (test connection round-trip delay)

Used to test connectivity "inside" the network. The round trip delay measurement is added to this command display.

dspcd (display card)

Shows the enhanced OAM card support.

16. Deferred Connection Alarm Generation on the BPX

The Release 9.3.30 Deferred Connection Alarm Generation feature reduces the number of feeder communication failures reported to Customer Premise Equipment (CPE), while providing enough time for network operators to take corrective action. When a communication failure is reported, an alarm is sent to the Cisco Wan Manager and a message is sent to the remote end to condition the connections. When this feature is enabled, a feeder communication failure will not be reported to the remote end as long as the data traffic is not impacted. An alarm will still be sent to the Cisco Wan Manager.

Two new statistics have been added to the dsplmistats command to provide information about the number of communication failures detected and the number of times the connection alarms were deferred due to this feature. These statistics are "Num LMI Failures detected" and "Num Conn Alarm gen deferred".

"Num LMI failures detected" is incremented every time a communication failure is detected on a feeder trunk.

"Num Conn Alarm gen deferred" is incremented if this feature is active when a communication failure is cleared on a feeder trunk. Note that this statistic is not incremented when the communication failure is detected, only when it is cleared.

Since LMI statistics are not preserved across switch overs and rebuilds, if the communication failure was declared before the switch over/rebuild and the communication failure clears after the switch over/rebuild, the "Num Conn Alarm gen deferred" statistic could be greater than the "Num LMI failures detected" statistic.

In order for this feature to work, the Line Sampling state machine must be ON (the on2 command, option number 1). If the Deferred connection alarm generation feature is enabled and the Line Sampling state machine is OFF, the feature will not be activated when a communication failure is declared on a feeder.

Use the dsplmistats command to check the status of the feature (Enabled/Disabled/Activated). A warning message will be displayed if the feature is enabled, but the sampling is OFF.

For a connection added between the feeder in communication failure and another port or feeder, the dspcon command for either connection end points would show that the feeder is in Port Comm Fail. However, if the feature is active on a feeder, this behavior has been changed so that only the dspcon at the feeder endpoint would show the correct feeder status. The communication failure is masked at the other endpoint. For ex: Feeder 1.1 is in Comm fail and a connection is added between 1.1 and 3.3 (another feeder). If the feature is not active, dspcon at 1.1.1.1 and 3.3.1.1 would show that Line 1.1 is in Comm Fail (''Line 1.1 : Port Comm Fail"). If the feature is active, dspcon at 1.1.1.1 would show that 1.1 is in Comm Fail ("Line 1.1 : Port Comm Fail") while dspcon at 3.3.1.1 would show that 1.1 is OK ("Line 1.1 : OK").

The Deferred Connection Alarm generation feature is disabled by default when a feeder trunk is activated or after upgrading a feeder from a pre-9.3.30 release.

CLI Commands modified to support the Deferred Connection Alarm Generation feature are listed below.

dplmistats (display LMI statistics)

 

The dsplmistats command is modified by adding two new statistics "Num LMI Failures Detected" and "Num Conn Alarm gen deferred. The display also has a line added that indicates the status of the feature (Enabled/Disabled/Activated)

 

cnffdrlmiparms (configure feeder LMI timers and counters)

The cnffdrlmiparms command is modified to add a new option to Enable or Disable the feature, "Enable deferred con alarm gen".

Software Release 9.3.24

This is a maintenance release including all features supported up to Release 9.3.20.

Software Release 9.3.20

All features are supported up to Release 9.3.10, and the following additional feature is introduced:

1. Universal Router Module (URM) for IGX

This feature introduces a new card for the IGX, the Universal Router Module (URM). It consists of a new front and back card hardware combination that incorporates UXM and router functionality along with the relevant networking capabilities in a single card pair. This feature allows users to provision VoIP and VoATM on IGX switches. The URM card runs standard IOS software, which has been enhanced to support the URM card, and provides the VoIP capability. The URM card also supports VoATM provisioning which is derived from the existing UXM card. The ability to have IOS voice on the IGX is the key capability of this new feature, and the router part of this card can do IP routing by using the two FE ports on the back card.


Note   The following features are not supported in this release of the URM feature:
· VoFR (only ATM interface supported on the URM)
· MPLS LSC/LER support
· VoATM support using SVCs
· Y-redundancy is not supported for URM cards


Note   There is not a generally available CWM revision that can support or manage the URM cards with Release 9.3.20.


Note   Some changes have been made for the Migration 1B feature, but are not part of this release.

Software Release 9.3.11

This is a maintenance release including all features supported up to Release 9.3.10.

Software Release 9.3.10

All features are supported up to Release 9.3.10, and the following additional features are introduced:

1. Dynamic Partitioning for BPX

Dynamic partitioning enables the addition of a PNNI partition to existing interfaces (both ports and trunks) without affecting any of the existing AR connections on that interface. Dynamic partitioning also enables the expansion of PNNI VPI/VCI range into the AR partition without impacting existing connections. This feature is required to facilitate the migration from AutoRoute to PNNI.

2. Qbin Statistics

In previous releases of the BPX and IGX, only statistics from Qbins 1-9 were collected on AutoRoute trunks. Starting with Release 9.3.10, the switch allows the collection of additional Qbin statistics. Following is a summary of all Qbin statistics collected by the BPX and IGX. Qbin statistics are Cells Served, Cells Discarded, and Cells Received.

All other Qbins are unused and the switch does not provide statistics for them.

Also starting in Release 9.3.10, the switch provides the collection of Qbin Cells Discarded statistics via SNMP for the above mentioned Qbins.

3. ILMI 4.0 for IGX

This feature allows the ILMI 4.0 protocol to be run on the UXM card instead of on an NPM card. The feature can be enabled on a port or virtual trunk basis, but the UXM card requires that the new firmware is loaded to support the new feature.

4. ILMI/ELMI Neighbor Discovery

This feature enables the Cisco Wan Manager (CWM) to discover any ATM devices attached to the BXM or UXM ports on the BPX or IGX switches, provided that those neighbor ATM devices also support ILMI Neighbor Discovery. If the BXM or UXM card supports the ILMI Neighbor Discovery feature, the user only needs to configure ILMI and Protocol-By-Card on the port, then the relay of the neighbor's topology information to CWM is automatic. However, in order to authorize the switch to give out its own topology information to the neighboring ATM devices, the user has to use the cnfport command to enable the Neighbor Discovery Enable/Disable parameter. Use the new command dspnebdisc to display neighboring ATM devices' topology information.

If the switch software version on the node is Release 9.2.x, the following steps are required to upgrade the UXM firmware to revision ACC or later:


Step 1   Execute a graceful upgrade to Release 9.3.10.

Step 2   Upgrade the UXM boot code to boot 8.

Step 3   Upgrade the run-time UXM firmware to revision ABJ or greater.

Step 4   After the card comes up, upgrade the run-time firmware to revision ACB.




Warning If these procedures are not followed, there is a big possibility that the card will enter a state from which it can NOT be recovered. Please refer to Appendix B for more information about loading the new firmware.

Software Release 9.3.05

Introduced the following features:

5. Virtual Port

This feature supports a combination of Virtual Port traffic shaping and connection traffic shaping. The Virtual Port feature allows one or more Virtual Ports per Physical Port interface. Connection- level traffic shaping within Virtual Ports is supported. Although Virtual Ports can connect directly to an ATM edge device or a CPE device, they generally are used to connect indirectly through an ATM network, because direct connections to an ATM edge device or CPE equipment can be done with currently available Physical Ports. A maximum of 31 Virtual Ports is available per BXM card on the BPX. Each Virtual Port supports all AutoRoute traffic types that are currently supported by Physical Ports. (This is a chargeable feature on the BPX.)

Software Release 9.3.00

Introduced the following features:

1. Hitless Connection Density Upgrade for BXM

This feature provides a way to hitlessly upgrade an active BXM (legacy or regular enhanced model)—configured for 16K connections or less—to an enhanced BXM (version DX or EX) configured for more connections (16K or 32K). User traffic is not affected during the upgrade. This BXM connection density upgrade feature provides the customer with the ability to hitlessly scale up their networks using the enhanced BXM supporting up to 32K connections with level 1 channel statistics on the trunk side, port side, or a combination of ports and trunks. The new enhanced BXM card must be configured such that its channel statistics level and number of connections are either equal to or higher than the ones configured on the existing BXM (legacy or enhanced) that it is going to replace. This can be done automatically, based on a configurable option. The upgrade can be done for both Y-redundant and non-Y-redundant BXMs.

2. Support for 3 VSI Partitions

This feature enables support of three (3) simultaneous VSI partitions on a BXM line/trunk interface. With this feature, up to three VSI controllers can independently control the BPX switch by using different partitions of the BXM interface resources including VPI range, bandwidth, and number of connections. AutoRoute is not counted toward these three partitions. An application of the feature is the simultaneous support of MPLS controllers. However, the coexistence of MPLS and PNNI controllers on a node running Release 9.2 or later is not supported.

3. VSI MIB Support

Prior to this release, the BPX software neither kept nor knew the specific information about a VSI controller (for example, type, capability, resource usage, and so on). A network management system is needed to query the controller directly via SNMP to learn such information. This feature enables, via SNMP MIB, an NMS to query the BPX switch for VSI controllers attached to that BPX and the associated information. The feature allows for easier discovery of BPX-attached VSI controllers by external SNMP-capable application (such as CWM).

4. 800 Board-Level Revision Number

The manufacturing board-level revision number, also known as the manufacturing 800 number, provides the maximum information possible about a given card. The ability to remotely identify the manufacturing board-level revision number assists in troubleshooting, maintenance, and sparing. Prior to this release, there was no mechanism to remotely identify the board level revision number without physically removing the card from the slot. This project provides the capability to identify the board-level revision number via CLI, Cisco WAN Manager, or CiscoView for IGX and BPX cards. This feature is currently not available for backcards.

5. Priority Bumping

This feature allows connections for both BPX and IGX that are classified as more important (via COS value) to bump existing connections that are of lesser importance. Priority Bumping is useful when there are insufficient resources (for example, bandwidth) to route these important connections due to trunk failures in the network. (This is a chargeable feature on the BPX).

6. SCR (Sustained Cell Rate) and PCR (Peak Cell Rate) Policing at Less Than 50 CPS on BXM and UXM

With this feature, the minimum SCR and PCR policing values supported by the BXM and UXM are lowered depending on card types:

Card Name  Card Types  Min SCR and PCR Policing Values 

IGX-UXM

T1/E1

6 cells per second

IGX-UXM

T1/E1 IMA

6 cells per second

IGX-UXM

T3/E3

12 cells per second

IGX-UXM

OC3/STM-1

50 cells per second

BPX-BXM

T3/E3

12 cells per second

BPX-BXM

OC3/STM-1

50 cells per second

BPX-BXM

OC12/STM-4

50 cells per second

The policing prompt will be introduced for ABRSTD connections with VSVD=OFF. Previously, policing was always enabled for ABRSTD connections with VSVD=OFF. This change delivers the following advantages for ABRSTD connections with VSVD=OFF.

7. Separate Abort Stack

The software error table on the IGX and BPX currently contains up to 12 entries. When the table is full, additional errors overwrite the last entry. Errors that are not fatal are processed equally with aborts. This means that if an abort is logged into the last entry of the table, an error can then be logged, overwriting the more important abort information. Similarly, if more than one abort is logged when the table is full, only the last one logged remains in the table. This feature allows the preservation of abort stack information which, in turn, allows for faster debugging and fix implementation.

8. Upgrades Protection

This enhancement provides additional protection against running loadrev/runrev and doing upgrades during the time that statistics collection is enabled. This enhancement warns and automatically disables statistics collection if the user says "Yes" to the warning prompt.

9. 2000 VC Bandwidth Parameters

This enhancement increases the maximum number of VC bandwidth parameters from 700 to 2000 on an IGX. This enables service providers to increase service offerings where additional VC bandwidth parameters are required.

10. UXM and UXM-E ATM Forum IMA-Compliant Ports

This feature enables the UXM and UXM-E to support ATM Forum IMA Standard version 1.0 compliant IMA ports in addition to IMA trunks. Support for IMA ports allows the IGX to directly interoperate with other Cisco devices that support IMA ports, and provide a more cost-effective alternative to using an AUSM/B in an SES feeder to IGX to support the same functionality. This IMA functionality complies with the ATM Forum IMA Standard version 1.0.

11. Control Traffic Shaping

This enhancement allows users traffic-exclusive use of available trunk bandwidth. Previously CC Traffic used available trunk bandwidth in excess of statistic reserve at the highest priority, bumping user traffic also trying to claim available bandwidth. This feature also requires the appropriate firmware versions for the cards.

Clarifications for Release 9.3.35

None.

Clarifications for Release 9.3.30

1. The cnfcdparm CLI (BPX):

2. The tstconseg CLI (BPX):

A new optional parameter (the OAM loopback cell format) has been added to the tstconseg CLI (BPX only).

The current tstconseg cmd spec is:

tstconseg <channel> <iteration cnt> [A|a]

The new tstconseg cmd specs are:

tstconseg <channel> <iteration cnt> [A|a] [I|i|o|O]

tstconseg <channel> <iteration cnt> [I|i|o|O] [A|a]

The optional parameters can be specified out of order.

The following examples are used to illustrate the new UI:

tstconseg 1.1.100.1 5 /* send default I.610 cell */

tstconseg 1.1.100.1 5 I /* send I.610 cell */

tstconseg 1.1.100.1 5 i /* send I.610 cell */

tstconseg 1.1.100.1 5 O /* send O.151 cell */

tstconseg 1.1.100.1 5 o /* send O.151 cell */

tstconseg 1.1.100.1 5 a o /* send O.151 cell, abort the tst upon err */

tstconseg 1.1.100.1 5 I A /* send I.610 cell, abort the tst upon err */

3. Changes for "Neighbor Discovery"

4. Changes for rrtcon command

A new option, pfail, has been added to the rrtcon command. rrtcon -pfail reroutes all permanently failed connections mastered on the node where this command is issued.

Clarifications for Release 9.3.24

None.

Clarifications for Release 9.3.20

1. Changes in IGX Parameters

dsplns (no options) displays the detailed screen, and queries the user if summary lines need to be displayed

dsplns d displays the detailed screen, and user is not queried for summary display

dsplns s displays only the summary screen, for example:

Line Summary

Active Lines 7
Active Router Ports 1
Available Lines 56
Total Lines 64

dsplns <invalid input> user is prompted for a valid input

This command does not query the user for the VC shaping parameter.

This command queries the user for the VC shaping parameter.

VC Shaping Required?  [N] :

For URM ports, the port type is always UNI, and the protocol can be either ILMI or NONE. If ILMI is configured, only Protocol-run-on-the-card is supported.

These changes also apply to the SNMP interface.


Note    XLMI and ENNI options are displayed for cnfport and dspport. However, users should note that this is an unsupported feature in 9.3.20.

Accepts URM ports.

Accepts URM card type

Added new alarm type for URM router alarm

IOS Unavailable

Supports URM card

This command displays detailed operational information and alarm status for all URM embedded router on a specified router slot.

This command displays a summary of the operational information and alarm status for all URM embedded routers.

This command resets the embedded router in a URM card. This does not affect the embedded UXM.

This command configures the router parameters on a specified URM card slot.

This command displays all the router configuration parameters on a specified URM card slot.

This command displays all the router configuration parameters on a specified URM card slot.


Note    For the Migration 1B feature, these commands have been added but are not part of this release.

2. Changes in BPX Parameters

This command now displays the type and revision for BXM-E cards.

Clarifications for Release 9.3.11

None.

Clarifications for Release 9.3.10

1. Only the cell discard Qbin statistics for the allowed Qbins are provided via SNMP.

2. Starting with Release 9.3.10 on the BPX, the cnfvsipart command is only applicable to BXM trunks. To enable VSI ILMI on the port, use the cnfport command to enable ILMI and protocol by card. Doing so effectively enables VSI ILMI on the port interface.

3. Changes in BPX Parameters:

Reset ILMI when VSI controller is added? [Y]:

Neighbor Discovery? [N]:

Meaning of the Neighbor Discovery parameter:

Y—The BPX sends its interface information to the neighbor if queried by the neighbor.

N—The BPX does not send its information to the neighbor.

The BPX always queries for its neighbor's interface information using the ILMI Neighbor Discovery procedure and reports to CWM if the information is available, whether the Neighbor Discovery parameter is set to Y or N.

55 LCN reprgrm batch cnt [  100] (D)
56 Dnld LanIP or NwIP [  Lan] (Lan/Nw)

Configure PVC VPI ranges? [N]
Start of PVC VPI range 1 [-1]
End of PVC VPI range 1 [-1]
Start of PVC VPI range 2 [-1]
End of PVC VPI range 2 [-1]
Start of PVC VPI range 3 [-1]
End of PVC VPI range 3 [-1]
Start of PVC VPI range 4 [-1]
End of PVC VPI range 4 [-1]

User needs to use cnfport command to enable/disable ILMI/VSI ILMI on ports.

This new command is used to display neighboring ATM devices' topology information. This command is added to support the BPX ILMI Neighbor Discovery feature.

4. Changes in IGX parameters:

Neighbor Discovery ? [N]:

Meaning of the Neighbor Discovery enable/disable parameter:

Y—The IGX sends its interface information to the neighbor if queried by the neighbor.

N—The IGX does not send its information to the neighbor.

The IGX always queries for its neighbor's interface information using the ILMI Neighbor Discovery procedure and reports to CWM if the information is available, whether the Neighbor Discovery parameter is set to Y or N.

Protocol run on the card [Y]:

When the protocol is set to ILMI, the meaning of the parameter:

Y—The ILMI protocol is executed by the UXM card.

N—The protocol is executed by the NPM.

Neighbor Discovery  Enable

Protocol run on the card (Y):

Meaning of the parameter:

53 Dnld LanIP or NwIP  [ Lan](Lan/Nw)

This new command is used to display neighboring ATM devices' topology information. This command is added to support the IGX ILMI Neighbor Discovery feature.

5. The IMA-added trunk transmit rate can be configured without deleting it. But it is done locally and is not propagated to the other end.

Clarifications for Release 9.3.05

1. Starting with Release 9.3.05 on the BPX, the user needs to execute the following sequence of commands to create an ATM service port or virtual port: upln, addport, cnfport, upport. Previously, only upln and upport were required.

2. Starting with Release 9.3.05 on the BPX, the VC-Shaping parameter is no longer available with the cnfln command. Use the cnfportq command to enable/disable VC Shaping.

3. Starting with Release 9.3.05 on the BPX, the user can configure the port bandwidth. Previously this parameter was defaulted to the line speed.

4. Starting with Release 9.3.05 on the BPX, the user can configure the VC Queue Depth parameter for the CBR and VBR connection. Previously, this parameter was configurable only with ABR-type connections.

5. The restriction of not being able to configure additional VSI partitions if one partition already uses VPI=0 has been removed. VPI is allowed to be 0 for a VSI partition on feeder trunks, in addition to ports. However, since both the PNNI and MPLS controllers uses certain default control channels, users should be extremely cautious with the controller's channels. Side effects of the collisions are unpredictable for BPXs.

6. The addloclp/dellp command cannot be used for port loopbacks on virtual ports. Use addportloclp/delportlp instead.

7. Changes in BPX Parameters:

5.1.1  0 / 0 3096 (cps) LM-BXM INACTIVE  NONE  UNI

Port: 5.1.1 [INACTIVE] 
Bandwidth/AR BW:  3096/3096
VPI Range: 1 - 1 
CAC Reserve: 0

6   Disabled Priority Bumping
7 Disabled Virtual Ports

8. The dsplog command has been enhanced in Release 9.3.05. User-visible changes include:

A counter at the top of the event log indicates both the user's place and the total entries in the event log.

Integrated mode. Integrates a single-line summary of software error and abort log entries into the display (by time-stamp) and are displayed in reverse video. For example:

Info  Log Cleared                       12/15/99 09:38:20
Info  Error   527 Data:00000081 PC:302C6D8E/USR1  9.3.n6 12/15/99 09:38:13
Info  Abort   1015 Data:DEADBEEF PC:302BE03E/TN_1 9.3.n5 12/10/99 14:38:45

This can be combined with all of the above options EXCEPT "p". Thus, dsplog i r t, but not dsplog p i t.

Clarifications for Release 9.3.00

1. For the 800-level part number, there is a dependency on manufacturing to release boards with NOVRAM containing an 800-level part number. There are scenarios in which the 800-level part number cannot be seen. See the following chart for the different combinations:

SWSW release  NOVRAM contents  SWSW CLI (dspcd/dspnovram and so on) display 

>= 9.3.00

New NOVRAM

Top Assembly Number, which is the 800-level part number (10 bytes).

< 9.3.00

New NOVRAM

Fab number which shows part of the 800-level number. The display shows as per the SWSW release prior to 9.3.0, except that the data displayed is partial 800-level part number.

< 9.3.00

Old NOVRAM

Fab Number. The display shows as per the SWSW release prior to 9.3.0

>= 9.3.0

Old NOVRAM

Top Assembly Number showing 10 bytes, of which 8 bytes may convey 28, or 73-level, or raw fab number. The last two bytes are blank spaces and the user sees 8 bytes only. Hence, there is no change in information compared to SWSW < 9.3.00.

Notes:

2. The dsplog command has been enhanced in Release 9.3.00. User-visible changes include:

Reverses the log, showing oldest entries first. This option allows you to see the bottom of the list quickly.

Allows paging through the log, much like dspcons. For a single page log, this option acts just like dsplog and terminates immediately. But for multiple page logs, it allows you to move backward and forward through the log by pages (using "n" and "p") until "q" or DEL is pressed.

Time-stamp mode. Begins log display with the entry nearest to the specified time. The time parameters must immediately follow the "t" option.

3. The Robust APS Alarm message that the BPX sends to CWM is being modified to contain a new field. CWM converts these Robust APS Alarm messages into SNMP trap 20100. When APS Alarm Clear messages are sent from the BPX to CWM, the resulting 20100 trap contains a new field indicating the alarm condition that is being cleared.

4. Changes in BPX Parameters:

28 CM updates app timeout  [  5] (10 secs)

Region memory init  4   Disabled

52 CommBrk  Hop Weight [ 25](D)
53 CG Fail Penalty Hops [ 2](D)
54 Auto BXM Upgrade [ Y](Y/N)

5. Changes in IGX parameters:

28 CM updates app timeout  [  5] (10 secs)

52 CommBrk  Hop Weight [ 25](D)
53 CG Fail Penalty Hops [ 2](D)

SVC Del Bgnd Updates

Clarifications for Release 9.2

1. There is a change in reporting of the port group number starting in Release 9.2.30. The previous image (MEC) of BXM firmware used to report one port group for the two-port group cards at the channel statistics level 2 and 3. This made the port belonging to the second port group unusable.

When upgrading from MEA-MEC, you must upgrade the software to 9.2.30 (or later) first and then burn the BXM card with the MED (or later) firmware. The BXM reports two port groups for two port cards all the time. The smooth transition between the earlier one-port group and the newly reported two- port groups also displays message in dspcd "Inconsistency with logical PG #" (port group number). All earlier software mismatches the card.

If the BXM card is programmed with an MEC or earlier firmware revision, the Channel Statistics level 2 or 3 reports one-port group. Burning a MED or later image results in two-port groups, but for backward compatibility the software does not recompute the LCNs based on the new port groups. In its logical database, this does not impact the AutoRoute connections.

For a VSI controller, the reported value is higher than the actual available LCNs. That means a VSI controller may not be able to add connections even though the available connections are non-zero. If the user wishes to remove the above discrepancy, the card must be put in the standby mode.


Note    The newly configured card, or the card in standby mode programmed with an MED image brought to the active state, does not have the above discrepancy.

2. The combinations of system limits such as the number of trunks, lines, ports, and connections, as well as enabled TFTP interval statistics, should be provisioned so that the node has at least 50 percent idle time usage. Use the command dspprfhist to verify.

3. On the BXM and UXM, for the OC-3 Multimode Fiber back cards, Y-Redundancy/hot standby is not supported due to reduced optical power.

4. Release 9.2.31 introduces a new command—cnffdrlmiparms which makes the feeder LMI timers and counters configurable. This command is currently supported on BPX only and cannot be added in the Job mode.

Usage: cnffdrlmiparms slot.port T393 T394 T396 N394 N395

Where slot.port specifies the feeder trunk to configure. The details of the other parameters is as follows:

Timer  Description  Range (sec.)  Default (sec.) 

T396

LMI polling timer

5-30

10

T393

SPC STATUS ENQUIRY timer

5-30

10

T394

SPC UPDATE STATUS timer

5-30

10

N394

Max. retry count for SPC STATUS ENQUIRY/ REPORT procedures

1-10

5

N395

Max. retry count for SPC UPDATESTATUS / ACK procedures

1 -10

5

5. In Release 9.2.31, the system parameter 2 (cnfsysparm 2) is changed from "Fail Connections On Communication Break" to "Allow CPU Starvation of Fail Handler."

The old parameter has been removed as it violated the principle of separating the control and data plane. The new parameter allows a new feature to be turned off that gives CPU to the Fail Handler at the expense of the Transaction Handler in case the Fail Handler does not get scheduled for a long time.

6. The minimum software required to run MPLS are:

or,

Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements


Note   There are no generally available CWM revision that can support or manage the URM card with Release 9.3.20, or support the features in Release 9.3.10.

General Upgrade Procedure


Note   Please consult your Support Representative before performing any software upgrade.

The earliest release supported for a graceful upgrade is 9.2.23.

Before you upgrade the switch software, make sure the cards have the minimum firmware revision per the compatibility matrix.

Procedure for Upgrading BXM cards to the 9.3 Firmware Release

See Appendix A for instructions on upgrading the BXM firmware.

See the Compatibility Matrix for the tested/supported versions of other firmware and software that work with this release.

Procedure for Upgrading UXM cards to the 9.3 Firmware Release


Note   For the VSI/MPLS feature, upgrade the UXM firmware to revision ACC or later. Note that the upgrade procedure has changed.

If the switch software version on the node is Release 9.2.x, the following steps are required to upgrade the UXM firmware to revision ACC or later:


Step 1   Execute a graceful upgrade to Release 9.3.30.

Step 2   Upgrade the UXM boot code to boot 8.

Step 3   Upgrade the run-time UXM firmware to revision ABJ or greater.

Step 4   After the card comes up, upgrade the run-time firmware to revision ACC or later.




Warning If these procedures are not followed, there is a big possibility that the card will enter a state from which it can NOT be recovered. Please refer to Appendix B for more information about loading the new firmware.

If a Switch Software Release 9.3.x has already been loaded onto the node, the following steps are required to upgrade the UXM firmware to revision ACC:


Step 1   Execute a graceful upgrade to Release 9.3.30.

Step 2   Upgrade the run-time UXM firmware to revision ACC.



Procedure for Adding New BCC Cards as a Part of Upgrading to Release 9.3

If new BCC cards are to be installed as part of the upgrade to Release 9.3, then the physical card upgrade procedure described below must be completed as a separate activity from the Switch software upgrade.

Revision Interoperability Supported

The Revision Interoperability feature allows a mixed/ heterogeneous network of 9.2.x and 9.3.x (where "x" equals any GA version of 9.2 and 9.3) nodes to coexist and interoperate. This capability allows customers to upgrade their networks from 9.2 to 9.3 in multiple steps. It is not recommended that users operate in this state for extended periods of time.

Normal network maintenance and operations such as provisioning, trunk reroutes, card insertions and removals, and normal network alarming, are supported in the mixed revision network. Normal alarms can be received while upgrading a node to Release 9.3.

In a mixed-revision network, functions that are implemented in 9.3 but not in 9.2 are disabled. For example, features that are supported in both Releases 9.2 and 9.3 will function at their 9.2 level. New features developed in 9.3 are automatically enabled when all nodes are upgraded to the 9.3 revision level. Specifically, connection provisioning, connection rerouting, alarming and CWM support for these features are supported but will function at their 9.2 capabilities, and not at their 9.3 levels until all nodes are upgraded. The command dspblkdfuncs will display blocked (disabled) features.

For 9.3.30, these features are blocked in a mixed network. They require that all nodes of the network are running 9.3.30.

Version Compatibility Notes

For a complete list of firmware revisions supported, see the Compatibility Matrix document, which is included in this release package.

This release supports:

Control Card Requirements

All BPX processor cards must be configured with a minimum of 64 MB of RAM, and NPMs must be configured with a minimum of 32 MB of RAM. NPMs require at least 1 MB of BRAM. To verify the BRAM size on IGX 8400 nodes, use the dspcd command.

Control Card Boot Firmware Requirements

As specified below, the correct version of CC boot firmware must be installed on the cards prior to a software upgrade to Release 9.3.

BCC Type  Firmware 

BCC-3-64

H.D.M

BCC-4V

H.H.M

BCC-4V/B

H.H.M

NPM Type  Firmware 

NPM-32

R.B.S

NPM-64

R.C.S

NPM-32B

R.E.S

NPM-64B

R.F.S

With the new version of NPM boot code (RxS), the boot code upgrading does not require physical card resetting with the following steps:


Step 1   Burn the boot code on the active NPM(1).

Step 2   Execute the switchcc command and wait until the NPM(1) becomes standby. NPM(2) is now active.

Step 3   Execute the resetcd command to reset the standby (resetcd 1 h). Wait until the reset card NPM(1) becomes standby.

Step 4   Burn the boot code on the active NPM(2).

Step 5   Execute the switchcc command and wait until the NPM(2) becomes standby. NPM(1) is now active.

Step 6   Execute the resetcd command to reset the standby (resetcd 2 h). Wait until the reset card NPM(2) becomes standby.



Control Card Compatibility Requirements

Each redundant pair of BCC cards in a given BPX 8600 node must be of identical type and memory configuration. That is, for example, if the active card is a BCC-3-64, then so must be the standby. BCC-3 cards with 64 MB of RAM cannot be mixed with BCC-4 cards.

Each redundant pair of NPM cards in a given IGX 8400 node must be of identical type and memory configuration. That is, for example, if the active card is an NPM-32, then so must be the standby. NPM cards with 32 MB of RAM cannot be mixed with NPM cards with 64 MB of RAM. Also, NPM-64 cards cannot be mixed with NPM-64B cards.

This is a requirement for all software upgrade procedures. It does not apply to the physical card upgrade procedure, as described below.

Control Card Physical Card Upgrade Procedure

When performing a Control Card (CC) upgrade, the following procedure must be used. This applies to all processors: BCCs, and/or NPMs.


Step 1   Remove the current standby CC front and back card. (Removal of back card only applies to BCC.)

Step 2   Replace with new CC front and back cards that are identical to the current active CC. (Replacement of back card only applies to BCC.)

Step 3   Wait for the standby updates on the newly installed standby CC to complete.

Step 4   Issue a switchcc command to utilize the newly installed CC.

Step 5   Verify that the network is stable.

Step 6   Remove the current standby CC front and backcard. (Remove back card only applies to BCC.)

Step 7   Replace with new CC front and back cards that are identical to the current active CC. (Replace back card only applies to BCC.)

Step 8   Wait for the standby updates on the newly installed standby CC to complete.

Step 9   The CC physical upgrade is now complete.

Step 10   With the secondary card in the standby state, cause a switchover using the switchcc command. This will test that the hardware is working correctly.




Note   After Step 2, the node will contain a mix of an old type CC and the new type CC. This condition is permitted only while the standby updates to the new CC are in progress, which will take less than one hour. The time during which this mixture of CC types exists must be kept to a minimum by immediately replacing the second old type CC with the matching one of the new type.

Obsoleted

BPX BCC-32 cards are no longer supported in Release 9.3.

The following IGX cards are no longer supported in Release 9.3:

UVM model A, B, and C firmware are not supported in SWSW Release 9.3 and beyond.

Adaptive Voice feature is not supported in IGX SWSW Release 9.3

Notes and Cautions

Additional Notes for Release 9.3.35

None.

Additional Notes for Release 9.3.30

None.

Additional Notes for Release 9.3.24

None.

Additional Notes for Release 9.3.20

The URM lines are included in the maximum number of lines on the nodes.

Additional Notes for Release 9.3.11

None.

Additional Notes for Release 9.3.10

1. VSI/MPLS controllers should be added on a line and not on trunks. The following steps should be followed:


Step 1   Up the line by using the upln command.

Step 2   Up the ports by using the upport command.

Step 3   Configure the partition resources by using the cnfrsrc command.

Step 4   Add an MPLS controller by using the addctrlr command.



2. Typical ILMI configuration on the router side should have the following type of information:

interface ATM2/0

IP address 10.9.8.4 255.255.255.0

no IP directed-broadcast

ATM PVC 41 0 16 ILMI

ATM PVC 46 0 5 qsaal

ATM ILMI-keep alive 20

no ATM address-registration

ATM ILMI-PVC-discovery

3. The VPI/VCI for ILMI control PVC should match on UXM port and the neighbor router/IGX/BPX for ILMI protocol to work correctly.

4. Certain parameters for the router configuration would require shutdown and up the router interface using router command "shut/no shut" on the interface to take effect on the modified configuration.

Additional Notes for Release 9.3.05

1. An incompatibility exists between the ASI and BXM implementations of the HCF no-shift mode. As a result, the diagnostic command tstdelay fails for a connection terminating on an ASI and a BXM when the associated ports are configured for the HCF no-shift. Note that the following connection types are not affected by this incompatibility (and thus tstdelay works as expected):

In general, customers should, whenever possible, avoid mixing ASI and BXM ports when the use of HCF no-shift mode is required.

2. When Priority Bumping is turned on, connections are added with a cos value of 15 instead of 0. When Priority Bumping is turned off, all connections except voice connections add with a default value of 0. Voice connections add with a default value of 2. If a different value for cos (other than 15) is desired, use the cnfcos command to change the value.

3. VPI 0 is now supported on a VSI partition even when there are multiple VSI partitions on the interface. This functionality reverses the restriction in the 9.2 release.

4. On the enhanced BXM card (BXM-E), the firmware translates the configured transmit cell rate (cells per second) into a minimum inter-cell gap. The mathematics of this conversion involves non-integer computations, which introduces rounding/truncation effects. As a result, the actual output bandwidth is somewhat larger than the configured bandwidth. This behavior is manifested in certain situations when the bandwidth of a port, virtual port, trunk, or virtual trunk is configured for less than the line rate, and the port/trunk is heavily loaded. The Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference, Release 9.3.05, Appendix A, BXM-E Configured and Actual Bandwidths, contains a table showing the actual output bandwidth versus the configured bandwidth.

Additional Notes for Release 9.3.00

1. Once Priority Bumping feature is enabled, the reroute timer in cnfcmparm (9 Reroute Timer) is recommended to be set to a value of 3 seconds or greater.

The need to do so is to make the bumped connections (connections that are derouted when priority bumping is exercised) wait for this period before they are eligible to route again.

2. The "Adaptive Voice" feature, also known as the "Adaptive VAD" feature, is not supported by the IGX Switch Software. However, Voice Activity Detection, or VAD, is still supported.

Additional Notes for Release 9.2

1. Because of a hardware limitation, the non-enhanced versions of the BXM hardware are not able to recognize all user-programmed cell transmission rates. Rather, only discrete transmission rates can be used.

The equation below shows what the BXM hardware actually transmits given a user-configured cell rate. The transmitted cell rate is always less than or equal to the configured cell rate. To prevent any cell loss, the transmitted cell rate must be equal to the configured rate. To do so, a cell rate must be chosen from the chart that follows.

The rate chart lists the highest 200 cell rates supported by BXM such that if used results in no cell loss (given cell traffic is less than configured cell rate). Additional rates can be calculated using 1470588/[n + (1/256)], where n is an integer.

The logic to calculate the actual cell transmission rate in a BXM card is as follows:

if (configured cell rate = full line cell rate) then

transmitted cell rate = full line cell rate

else

transmitted cell rate = from equation below or from the following chart

Example:

If a trunk is configured at 100,000 cps, the actual transmitted cell rate is then 98,013 cells per second (cps), and any traffic sent over 98,013 cps would be discarded.

If a trunk is configured at 98,013 cps, then the actual transmitted cell rate is 98,013 cps with no cell loss.

Therefore, only rates in the following chart should be used. Otherwise, cell loss may be experienced. The chart is not be exhausted at the end, but still go on with the computing from the above equation.

.

1464865

56552

28832

19348

14559

11670

9738

8355

733860

54458

28278

19097

14416

11579

9674

8308

489558

52513

27744

18852

14277

11488

9611

8261

367288

50703

27231

18614

14139

11399

9549

8215

293888

49013

26736

18381

14005

11311

9487

8169

244938

47432

26258

18154

13872

11225

9426

8124

209966

45950

25798

17933

13743

11140

9366

8079

183733

44558

25353

17717

13616

11056

9307

8035

163327

43247

24923

17506

13491

10974

9248

7992

147001

42012

24508

17300

13368

10892

9190

7948

133642

40845

24106

17099

13248

10812

9133

7906

122509

39741

23717

16902

13129

10733

9077

7863

113088

38695

23341

16710

13013

10656

9021

7822

105012

37703

22976

16522

12899

10579

8966

7780

98013

36761

22623

16339

12787

10503

8912

7739

91889

35864

22280

16159

12677

10429

8858

7699

86485

35010

21947

15983

12568

10355

8805

7659

81681

34196

21625

15812

12462

10283

8753

7619

77383

33419

21311

15643

12357

10212

8701

7580

73515

32676

21007

15479

12254

10141

8650

7541

70014

31966

20711

15318

12153

10072

8599

7502

66833

31286

20423

15160

12053

10003

8549

7464

63927

30634

20143

15005

11955

9936

8500

7427

61264

30009

19871

14853

11859

9869

8451

7389

58814

29409

19606

14705

11764

9803

8403

7352

.....

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. On the BPX with MGX 8220 feeder(s), regardless of the setting of the Node Parameter "42 Enable Feeder Alert", a feeder alert message is sent to all MGX 8220 feeders immediately before a hitless rebuild takes place. The feeder alert message temporarily disables the LMI polling from the MGX 8220 feeders. The MGX 8220 polling resumes as soon as the BPX is ready to exchange LMI messages.

3. The amount of traffic allowed on a VP Tunneling connection is two-thirds the bandwidth of that connection. The minimum bandwidth must be 100 cells per second. For example, a CBR connection with peak cell rate 1500 cps then can pass traffic up to 1000 cps.

4. For an IMA trunk, the configuration is blocked if the converted cps of the number of links to be decremented is MORE than the transmit rate (CSCdm71616).

5. Card errors (0x25170076) occur on BXM when only one virtual trunk (VT) is configured in a physical port. To avoid this situation, configure at least two virtual trunks on any physical port that you have VTs on. When performing the configuration, make sure to configure the VTs one directly after the other (CSCdm69974).

Limitations for Release 9.3.35

None.

Limitations for Release 9.3.30

1. tstpingoam not supported for connections on a ENNI/EUNI port. Only one set of test results is maintained for local connections.

So if tstpingoam or tstconseg is done successively for both ends of a local connection via SNMP, the results will be the same for both ends and would be that for the last test performed on either end of the local connection.

The number of iterations that can be specified via SNMP for tstconseg or tstpingaom is limited to 5 due to SNMP timeout restrictions. The CLI allows up to 10 iterations.

2. In the URM card, VPI/VCI 0, 1023 are reserved and cannot be used for a VSI partition.

Limitations for Release 9.3.24

None.

Limitations for Release 9.3.20

1. No generally available CWM revision can support or manage the URM cards with Release 9.3.20.

2. Y-redundancy is not supported for the URM cards.

3. The UPM card cannot be activated in a network with mixed switch software releases.

4. On URM ports, VPI 0 and VCI 1023 is reserved.

5. The following features are not supported in this release of the URM feature:

Limitations for Release 9.3.11

When an IGX feeder node has a trunk connected to an IGX routing node, the UXM card can go into a mismatch state when the Switch Software is upgraded to 9.3.x and the voice and data connections are terminated on the UXM feeder trunk. The workaround for this limitation is either (1) burn UXM firmware ABK or later, or burn firmware ACB or later onto the card or (2) reset the UXM card. (CSCds85758)

Limitations for Release 9.3.10

1. If ILMI is enabled to run on a UXM card, than no address registration or service registration is supported for ILMI 4.0.

2. When ILMI is running on the cards on a virtual trunk port, all the virtual trunks on the same port share the same ILMI session.

3. The LMI protocol must not run on the BXM cards connected to an Axis shelf. It should run on the BCC cards.

4. Executing a dncd command on a BNI-155 does not turn off the laser on the physical port. As a result, the other trunk end connected to this card still detects a physical layer signal and regards this as a trunk "communication failure" rather than as a LOS (loss of signal). Hence, all connections fail and are not derouted/rerouted by the connection management (AutoRoute or Priority Bumping in 9.3x).

5. ILMI Neighbor Discovery is only supported on BXM/UXM physical ports.

6. An NPM-64B card is required for the VSI feature.

7. Release 9.3.10 does not support the VSI feature in a mixed revision network. All nodes in the network must run Release 9.3.10 or later in order to use the VSI feature.

8. ILMI can be enabled on a UXM card, but it cannot be enabled on the same card as VSI.

9. When an MPLS controller is added to a port, it sets up a signalling channel to the port to which it is attached. The VPI and VCI for this connection are user-configurable. Default values of 0 and 32 are used if the user does not configure different values. So extreme card should be taken before adding an Auto Route connection with VPI = 0. An Auto Route connection should never be added with a VPI and VCI that is being used by the MPLS controller. If an addcon command fails with swerr 9082 (with firmware error code 0x01EF), this means that an attempt was made to add an Auto Route connection where an MPLS signalling VC was already existing. If this error is seen, the Auto Route connection that caused it should be deleted immediately. The way to avoid to getting to this situation is to configure the signalling VC on the router such that it is within the VSI partition. In other words, instead of having the signalling VC as 0/32, configure the signalling VC on X/32 where X is the starting VPI of the VSI partition configuration for the control port interface.

10. The BPX only supports ILMI address registration with a PNNI controller. In the case where the BXM port does not have a VSI partition controlled by a PNNI controller, it is necessary to disable address registration on the attached router. This is to prevent the router from sending unnecessary ILMI cold start trap to the BPX.
Below is an example of how to disable address registration on a Cisco 7200 series router:
interface ATM 1/0"
no ATM. address registration
Refer to the IOS command reference and Configuring ATM on ATM port adapter for further details.

11. Release 9.3.10 supports only MPLS controllers for the IGX. The PNNI controller is not supported in Release 9.3.10 for the IGX.

12. Release 9.3.10 supports only up to 3 controllers (1 controller per partition).

13. Release 9.3.10 does not support controller redundancy for the IGX.

14. Release 9.3.10 does not support compact CBA on slave side, that is the command compactrsrc VSI is not supported for the IGX.

15. Release 9.3.10 does not support Auto UBU allocation for the UXM only. UBUs must be allocated manually for the IGX.

16. For the IGX, when a VSI partition is deleted/disabled, all connections are deleted.

17. If CBR connections are configured with PCR less than or equal to 50cps, CBR cells may be dropped at a BXM trunk interface. Do not add a CBR connection with the PCR less than or equal to 50 cps. Using CBR connections with the PCR greater than or equal to 51 cps does not cause any cell drops.

Limitations for Release 9.3.05

None.

Limitations for Release 9.3.00

1. Level Version Number is supported for front cards only.

2. Standards-compliant IMA ports (MGX 8220, Release 5.x) on UXM/UXM-E are not compatible with the proprietary protocol used in the IMATM (MGX 8220, Release 4.x).

3. Standards-compliant IMA trunks are not compatible with the proprietary IMA protocol used in Model A UXM firmware. Model B and later firmware releases are IMA standard-compliant. Both ends of an IMA trunk must have the same protocol.

4. Switch software 9.3.00 and BXM firmware MFB support the attachment of multiple VSI controllers to the BPX. In case of MPLS, however, only one LSC should be attached to a VSI partition, which is the same for the IGX. If multiple LSCs are attached to a VSI partition, the results are unpredictable, which is the same for the IGX.

5. On BXM OC-3, OC-12 8DX, and 2DX enhanced cards, do not configure the queue depth(s) for CBR / rt-VBR / nrt-VBR / UBR/ABR to be greater than 262143 using the cnfportq command. All configuration changes made while or after configuring queue depth(s) greater than 262143 are lost after a rebuild, when the switch is running 9.3.00. All ports, whose queue depth(s) are configured to be greater than 262143 in 92 are lost after upgrading from 9.2 to 9.3.00.

6. When doing a grouped upgrade from Release 9.2 to 9.3, the software error 1427 may be logged on the BPX/IGX node during a non-graceful upgrade. This error can be ignored since it is harmless to the network.

7. When upgrading from Release 9.2 to 9.3, the 9.2 statistics on BXM/UXM cards are supported to maintain compatibility. However, once users configure a statistics level in 9.3, they cannot configure back to 9.2 statistics.

Prior to replacing a bad BXM/UXM, make sure that the level of channel statistics is the same as the original card.

Limitations for Release 9.2

1. The coexistence of MPLS and PNNI controllers on a node running Release 9.2 or later is not supported.

2. When cnfrsrc command is used to delete VSI partitions on an interface, software does not check if any Soft Permanent Virtual Circuit (SPVC) connections exists on that partition. Even if there are SPVC connections on a partition, the partition can be deleted using the cnfrsrc command. The only protection is that users are provided with a warning when they try to delete the partition.

If there are SPVC connections on a partition and the partition is deleted, the SPVC connections are left in a undefined and unrecoverable state. Hence, before deleting a VSI partition, ensure that all the SPVC connections are deleted on that partition.

3. The cloud port to which a virtual trunk is connected should have ILMI polling disabled. Otherwise, it could lead to a virtual trunk being clear on one end and declaring Virtual Trunk Path Failure at the other end (CSCdm52909).

4. For performance reasons, AIS connection status is not sent to the standby BCC. After switchcc, it may take a few minutes to update the AIS connection status. If dspcon does not show the proper status of AIS or the dspalms screen shows the incorrect number of AIS, (after switchcc) wait a few minutes until the status gets updated. (the dspalms and dspcon commands show the status of AIS.)

5. Hitless Rebuild has similar limitations to that of a switchcc and full rebuild:

6. UVM cards in Y-redundancy mismatch if one is burned with Idle Code Suppression Firmware and the other is not.

When installing/burning Idle Code Suppression Firmware on UVM pairs, the Y-redundancy must be removed, firmware in both UVM cards burned, and then the Y-redundancy can be restored.

7. Mismatch is reported when replacing a BXM card with another BXM card that has a different Port Group, even though both BXM cards have the identical channel number.

8. Care must be taken when changing the Deroute Delay parameter, which is controlled by the cnftrk command. This defaults to zero, but if set to anything but zero, connection rerouting, due to a trunk failure, is delayed as provided by the parameter.

9. To provide ABR service on a connection, set up an ABRSTD connection, enable VSVD and enable FCES to allow RM cells to be passed to and from customer equipment. The MCR for such ABRSTD connection can be set at any user-desired value.

When the network is experiencing congestion, all the affected ABRSTD connections, regardless of the services (ABR or UBR) they are carrying, are all throttled back at the VSVD points at the network edge. During network congestion, connections carrying UBR services are virtually stopped (to a through-put of mere 6 cps) while connections carrying ABR services can send at a much higher, user desired MCR. This option would avoid the situation where UBR service gains an unfair advantage over ABR service while sharing the same CoS queue.

10. Reconfiguring the trunk parameter may cause the connection to be rerouted if the changed bandwidth load is smaller than what was used by the connections that use the trunk.

11. The BXM and UXM channel stat-level feature gives these cards the capability of collecting more than 4 statistics per connection. However, it is the controller card's limitations, available memory and performance, that indicates how many statistics can actually be collected from the cards and then reported to the Cisco Wan Manager (CWM).

The BCC-3-64 can collect at most three interval statistics per connection when there are 16,000 AutoRoute connections configured on the node. (Interval statistics are those statistics that are reported to the CWM. They are often referred to as TFTP statistics.)

You can collect approximately 48,000 statistics (3 x 16,000) on the BCC-3-64. This is approximate because there are many variables that affect this value such as: are peaks enabled, how many buckets are collected, are all connection of the same type, are trunk, line, or port enabled, and so on

With this approximation of 48,000 statistics on the BCC-3-64, this then means that, as a rough estimate, you could enable 32 stats on 1,500 connections, 48 stats on 1,000 connections or 9 stats on 5,000 connections, and so on The approximation formula being:

max_stats_per_connection = 48,000/number_of_connections

12. The transmit rate on an IGX IMA trunk can be altered at the local node without any trunk outage. It is possible that the transmit rates are different at the two ends of an IMA trunk. After this trunk is deleted, it cannot be added back unless the transmit rates are the same.

Limitations for Release 9.1

1. The maximum number of VC PARMs supported:

In other words, one less than the stated maximum value.

VC PARMs are Virtual Circuit Parameters combinations/sets. One set of VC Parameters is used for each unique Virtual Circuit that has been provisioned. Identically provisioned VCs (exclusive of endpoints) use the same set of parameters.

Limitations for Release 8

1. If LMI/ILMI is provided by the BCC:

The maximum possible number of ports on the BPX 8600 that can be configured with LMI/ILMI enabled is 52. However, each BPX supports up to a total of 16 feeder trunks and each feeder trunk has LMI enabled. That is, if a BPX 8600 is configured with only two feeder trunks, then only (52 - 2) = 50 ports can have LMI/ILMI enabled.

If LMI/ILMI is provided by the BXM firmware:

2. Virtual Path Connections with cells whose VCI values are above 4095 are transmitted correctly under the following conditions:

3. The feature of CIR=0 for Frame Relay connections is not supported for connections terminating between FRM cards in IGX nodes and FRSM cards in an MGX 8220 shelf.

4. SVC Voice Connections are derouted after decreasing the allocated bandwidth (increasing Statistic Reserve). It is the design intent that increasing the statistical reserve causes SVC conns to be derouted and not be rerouted.(See bug CSCst92308).

5. For the loadrev operation, it is important that the Cisco Wan Manager/TFTP buffers are maintained at their default size.

6. Due to a hardware limitation, the BNI trunk sends 13 to 15 percent more traffic than what it is configured for when the trunk is configured for less speed (cps) than the maximum port speed. This is especially important when the BNI trunk is connected to IMATM pairs, which carry less than T3 bandwidth.

7. When using the shift/no-shift feature on a BPX 8600 node's port card, controlled via the cnfport command, the other end of the connection must have the same setting. Otherwise, there is a loss of continuity.

8. The external ABR segment control loop on ForeSight (ABRFST) is an option at the User Interface. It is supported by UXM-E/BXM-E (enhanced versions), but is not supported by UXM/BXM hardware. The user should not enable this option on ForeSight connections (CSCdi92451). In any case, there is no coupling between the loops.

9. The interface between a BXM feeder trunk and an MGX 8220 feeder is always considered to be an NNI interface (CSCdj16808).

10. When adding more than 4000 connections on a BPX node, the VC polling rate must be changed to a higher interval, to accommodate the additional time needed to poll for the statistics for each VC. The cnfsysparm command, parameter 24 must be changed according to the following:

0 to 3999 connections

Polling Rate: 5 Minutes (or higher)

4000 to 7999 connections

Polling Rate: 10 Minutes (or higher)

> 8000 connections

Polling Rate: 15 Minutes

11. Because the detailed card error event log is not retained within BRAM, this information is lost should a processor rebuild occur. Therefore, when issuing a dspcderrs command on a particular slot, the display does not show the detailed card error information should rebuild event occur. This functionality has not been modified from previous releases.

12. When a physical-layer failure (for example, LOS) is detected on the BXM, a Major Alarm is generated, and any connection routed over that port is downed (Fail state). The software sends a command to the remote end of the connection to generate AIS in the egress direction. (CSCdj30543).

Impact:

Since the connection is in a failed state, AIS is generated in the upstream direction (in addition to the downstream direction). Although this does conform to the letter of the I.610 standard, this is not necessarily what a user would expect to see, because it interferes with the RDI response from the end-to-end connection termination point. (A fault in the downstream direction causes a fault in the upstream direction.)

Reason for the current implementation:

The BNI cannot generate AIS. If there is a fault at a BNI trunk, the current mechanism is to cause AIS to be generated by the BXM port by downing the connection. Since the BXM can generate only OAM cells from the RCMP, and the RCMP is in the ingress path, the cells must be backward routed to the egress (egress QE). Also, since end-to-end OAM cells are required, the ingress QE must be configured to drop ALL cells in the ingress path. This creates a break in continuity in the opposite direction, and AIS cells must also be generated at the other end of the same connection, in the upstream direction of the original fault.

13. There are problems in the fallback mechanism that can cause database corruption. If fallback is performed immediately after upgrading, the Stby_Info revision fields are not yet filled in on the new active CC. They don't get filled in until there is an upcard response from the new locked CC. This causes restart instead of a switchcc. If the locked CC is reset, then fallback immediately, a restart occurs instead of a switchcc (CSCdj30811).

14. In order to test/simulate the Y-redundant switchover of ASI T3 or E3 pairs, the resetcd command must be used, or by pulling out the active card. It is not be correctly simulated by doing a dncd (down card) on the active card. Using dncd causes cell discards. (CSCdj08923).

15. UBR traffic gains an advantage over ABR traffic when UBR and ABR PVC's are combined on the same network. This is because UBR and ABR PVC's share the same Qbin (Class of Service Queue) on the BXM card. ABR PVC's use a flow control mechanism, VSVD, which ensures that traffic sources slow down when the Qbin usage exceeds the EFCI threshold. However, UBR PVC's do not have this throttling mechanism. Therefore, ABR is throttled back, whereas UBR is not. This unfair advantage is not considered a problem, since the decision to share a Qbin for ABR and UBR traffic was intentional. Any best-effort service that one would route over UBR can be routed over ABR(VSVD), with the additional benefit of protecting resources in the network. If UBR and ABR PVC's are required then:

Option 1—Consider adding all best-effort PVC's as UBR or

Option 2—Isolate the ABR and UBR paths by using cnfpref command to ensure that ABR and UBR PVC's do not share the same queues.

Option 3—To provide UBR service on a connection, rather than setting up a UBR connection, do the following:


Step 1   Set up an ABRSTD connection

Step 2   Enable VSVD

Step 3   Disable FCES (Flow Control External Segment)

Step 4   Disable DEFAULT EXTENDED PARAMETERS

Step 5   Choose policing option "4" to allow access as UBR.1 (PCR policing only). This connection has ABR VSVD in the network and allows UBR.1 access. The MCR for such ABRSTD connection may be set at the minimum acceptable value of 6 cells per second (explained later why to do so).



16. Combining Frame-Based Traffic Control (FBTC) and non-FBTC connections within a Class of Service can cause FBTC connections to not receive a fair share of bandwidth. For example, if VBR connections are added at a terminating port, and some of these VBR connections have FBTC enabled while other VBR connections have FBTC disabled, the VBR connections with FBTC disabled may obtain all of the excess bandwidth before the connections with FBTC enabled receive any of the excess bandwidth. The same holds true for ABR or UBR connections. This only is relevant where FBTC and non-FBTC connections share a Qbin, either at a port or at a trunk.

Required Workarounds for Release 9.3.35

None.

Required Workarounds for Release 9.3.30

None.

Required Workarounds for Release 9.1

1. When adding a node into an existing network, ensure that its node number is unique prior to actually adding it into the network. Use the rnmnd command, and renumber the individual node while it is still stand-alone. This makes the joining of this node much simpler, and avoids the problem of node renumbering an active network, as described below.

Required Workarounds for Release 8

1. There is a problem with node renumbering. Node renumbering (the rnmnd command) should be executed only during a stable network environment and only if absolutely necessary. A stable network environment would be, for example, one in which no connection was added for the past 30 minutes and no topology change was made in the last hour and there are no alarms or node unreachabilities. Node renumbering must be done only when the network is stable to reduce the possibility of certain temporarily blocked messages during the node renumbering process being delivered to the wrong nodes. This would occur after the completion of the node renumbering process. It is recommended that a node be renumbered prior to being added to the network.

2. The settling time for network-wide updates can take a long time in certain situations, specifically, the settling time for updates due to network-wide topology changes and connections in a large network when a processor switchover occurs. The time is proportional to the number of nodes as well as the number of connections. A general estimate would be 30 seconds per node. During the period of transitions (when the updates are occurring) some network operations such as adding connections might, in some cases, take somewhat longer to complete.

3. When using Cisco Wan Manager, there could be a problem with communicating with a node that just had a processor switchover. The problem is within the SPARCstation itself and its caching of EtherNet addresses. It can be solved by execution the following command on the workstation as the superuser: # arp -d <node_name>

4. Users may not use the command addcon slot.1-24 v to add 24 voice connections to a CVM/UVM at once. Instead, they must separate this activity into two or more commands, so that no more than 16 connections are added at once. This is an issue only for voice connections. Data connections can be added using the "1-24" syntax. This also applies when the CVM/UVM circuit line is an E1, in which case "1-32" would apply (CSCdj14319).

5. When a switchcc is executed on a BPX 8600 configured with two BCC-4 cards and contains a BXM-622 trunk card, there may be a bad clock path problem reported. It is indicated as a Minor Alarm—bad clock path. This is a transitory problem, although the alarm indication persists. To clear this, execute the clrclkalm command.

Additional Documentation

In order to take advantage of the dual SIU when upgrading to the BCC-4, the BPX 8600 node must have a new backplane that has dual traces incorporating with the BCC-4.

The dspbpnv command can be issued to verify if the node had the new backplane or the old backplane. The following table details the bit fields for the BCC Backplane NOVRAM format, the display of word 2 describes the backplane type.

The cnfbpnv command can be used to configure the backplane, if backplane is so enabled.

16 Bit Word  Byte # (hex)  Contents 

0

0,1

Hardware revision

1

2,3

Backplane Type (usually 0x65=101 decimal)

2

4,5

Backplane version (0x0000:old 0x0001:new)

3

6,7

Backplane serial number in ASCII - MSB

4

8,9

Backplane serial number in ASCII - MSB

5

A,B

Backplane serial number in LSB

6

C,D

Board FAB number, in ASCII - MSB

7

E,F

Board FAB number, in ASCII - LSB

8

10,11

Board FAB number, in ASCII - LSB

9

12,13

Board FAB number, in ASCII - LSB

A

14,15

Board FAB number, in ASCII - LSB

B

16,17

Board FAB number, in LSB

C

18,19

Unused

D

1A,1B

Unused

E

1C,1D

Unused

F

1E,1F

Checksum bytes - NOT SUPPORTED

The peak intervals are controlled to be only those values for which peaks can be accurately collected The rules for peak intervals are as follows:

Compatibility Notes

For a complete list of firmware revisions supported, see the Compatibility Matrix document, which is included in this release package.

This release runs with Release 4.1.0x or 5.0.0x of the MGX 8220.

Compatibility Matrix

MGX 8220 Firmware Compatibility

System 5.0 System 4.1
PCB Description  CW2000 Name  Latest F/W  Min F/W  Latest F/W  Min F/W 

ASC F/W

ASC

5.0.16

5.0.10

4.1.10

4.1.00

ASC Boot

ASC

1.0.03

1.0.01

1.0.03

4.0.04

ASC/2 FW

ASC

5.0.16

5.0.10

4.1.10

4.1.00

ASC/2 Boot

ASC

1.0.03

1.0.01

1.0.03

4.0.04

ASC/2F FW

ASC

5.0.16

5.0.10

4.1.10

4.1.05

ASC/2F Boot

ASC

1.0.03

1.0.01

1.0.03

1.0.01

BNM-T3

BNM-T3

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

BNM-E3

BNM-E3

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

BNM-155

BNM-155

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

FRSM-4T1

FRSM-4T1

4.0.22

4.0.19

4.0.23

4.0.13

FRSM-4E1

FRSM-4E1

4.0.22

4.0.19

4.0.23

4.0.13

FRSM-4T1-C

FRSM-4T1-C

4.0.22

4.0.19

4.0.23

4.0.13

FRSM-4E1-C

FRSM-4E1-C

4.0.22

4.0.19

4.0.23

4.0.13

FRSM Boot

FRSM-4T1

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

FRSM Boot

FRSM-4E1

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

FRSM Boot

FRSM-4T1-C

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

FRSM Boot

FRSM-4E1-C

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

SRM T1E1 (B)

SRM-T1E1

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

SRM 3T3

SRM-3T3

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

CESM-4T1

CESM-4T1

4.0.17

4.0.15

4.0.17

4.0.11

CESM-4E1

CESM-4E1

4.0.17

4.0.15

4.0.17

4.0.11

CESM Boot

CESM-4T1

4.0.01

4.0.01

4.0.01

4.0.00

CESM Boot

CESM-4E1

4.0.01

4.0.01

4.0.01

4.0.00

CESM-8T1

CESM-8T1

5.0.14

4.1.05

4.1.09

4.1.00

CESM-8E1

CESM-8E1

5.0.14

4.1.05

4.1.09

4.1.00

CESM-8 Boot

CESM-8T1

1.0.01

1.0.01

1.0.01

4.1.00

CESM-8 Boot

CESM-8E1

1.0.01

1.0.01

1.0.01

4.1.00

AUSM-4T1

AUSM-4T1

4.0.21

4.0.19

4.0.21

4.0.13

AUSM-4E1

AUSM-4E1

4.0.21

4.0.19

4.0.21

4.0.13

AUSM Boot

AUSM-4T1

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

AUSM Boot

AUSM-4E1

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

4.0.00

FRSM-8T1

FRSM-8T1

5.0.15

5.0.10

4.0.24

4.0.13

FRSM-8E1

FRSM-8E1

5.0.15

5.0.10

4.0.24

4.0.13

FRSM-8T1 Boot

FRSM-8T1

1.0.02

1.0.01

1.0.02

4.0.01

FRSM-8E1 Boot

FRSM-8E1

1.0.02

1.0.01

1.0.02

4.0.01

AUSM-8T1

AUSM-8T1

5.0.14

5.0.10

4.0.24

4.0.14

AUSM-8E1

AUSM-8E1

5.0.14

5.0.10

4.0.24

4.0.14

AUSMB-8T1

AUSMB-8T1

5.0.14

5.0.10

4.0.24

4.0.19

AUSMB-8E1

AUSMB-8E1

5.0.14

5.0.10

4.0.24

4.0.19

AUSM-8T1E1 Boot

AUSM-8T1

1.0.02

1.0.01

1.0.02

4.0.01

AUSM-8T1E1 Boot

AUSM-8E1

1.0.02

1.0.01

1.0.02

4.0.01

AUSM-8T1E1 Boot

AUSMB-8T1

1.0.02

1.0.01

1.0.02

4.0.01

AUSM-8T1E1 Boot

AUSMB-8E1

1.0.02

1.0.01

1.0.02

4.0.01

FRSM-HS1

FRSM-HS1

5.0.14

4.0.16

4.0.20

4.0.11

FRSM-HS1/B

FRSM-HS1/B

5.0.14

4.0.16

4.0.20

4.0.11

FRSM-HS1 Boot

FRSM-HS1

1.0.01

1.0.01

1.0.01

4.0.00

FRSM-HS1 Boot

FRSM-HS1/B

1.0.01

1.0.01

1.0.01

4.0.00

FRSM-HS2

FRSM-HS2

5.0.13

5.0.10

n/s

n/s

FRSM-HS2 Boot

FRSM-HS2

1.0.01

1.0.01

n/s

n/s

IMATM

IMATM-T3T1

n/s

n/s

4.0.22

4.0.13

IMATM

IMATM-E3E1

n/s

n/s

4.0.22

4.0.13

IMATM

IMATMB-T1

5.0.14

5.0.10

4.0.22

4.0.13

IMATM

IMATMB-E1

5.0.14

5.0.10

4.0.22

4.0.13

IMATM Boot

IMATM-T3T1

n/s

n/s

1.0.02

4.0.01

IMATM Boot

IMATM-E3E1

n/s

n/s

1.0.02

4.0.01

IMATM Boot

IMATMB-T1

1.0.02

1.0.01

1.0.02

4.0.01

IMATM Boot

IMATMB-E1

1.0.02

1.0.01

1.0.02

4.0.01

MGX 8850 1.1 Firmware Compatibility

PCB Description  CW2000 Name  Latest F/W  Min F/W 

PXM1

PXM-1

1.2.00

1.1.32

PXM1-2-T3E3

PXM1-2T3E3

1.2.00

1.1.32

PXM1-4-155

PXM1-4OC3

1.2.00

1.1.32

PXM1-1-622

PXM1-OC12

1.2.00

1.1.32

MGX-SRM-3T3/B

SRM-3T3

n/a

n/a

MGX-SRM-3T3/C

SRM-3T3

n/a

n/a

AX-CESM-8E1

CESM-8E1

10.2.00

10.0.21

AX-CESM-8T1

CESM-8T1

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-AUSM-8E1/B

AUSMB-8E1

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-AUSM-8T1/B

AUSMB-8T1

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-CESM-T3

CESM-T3

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-CESM-E3

CESM-E3

10.2.00

10.0.21

AX-FRSM-8E1/E1-C

FRSM-8E1

10.2.00

10.0.21

AX-FRSM-8T1/T1-C

FRSM-8T1

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-FRSM-HS2

FRSM-HS2

10.2.00

10.0.22

MGX-FRSM-2CT3

FRSM-2CT3

10.2.00

10.0.22

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

FRSM-2T3

10.2.00

10.0.22

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

FRSM-2E3

10.2.00

10.0.22

MGX-FRSM-HS1/B

FRSM-HS1/B

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-VISM-8T1

VISM-8T1

2.0.(1)

1.5.05

MGX-VISM-8E1

VISM-8E1

2.0.(1)

1.5.05

MGX-RPM-128M/B

RPM

12.2(4)T1

12.1(5.3)T_XT

MGX-RPM-PR

RPM

12.2(4)T1

12.1(5.3)T_XT

CWM

 

10.5.10

10.5

MGX 8230 1.1 Firmware Compatibility
MGX 8250 1.1 Firmware Compatibility

PCB Description  CW2000 Name  Latest F/W  Min F/W 

PXM1

PXM-1

1.2.00

1.1.32

PXM1-2-T3E3

PXM1-2T3E3

1.2.00

1.1.32

PXM1-4-155

PXM1-4OC3

1.2.00

1.1.32

PXM1-1-622

PXM1-OC12

1.2.00

1.1.32

MGX-SRM-3T3/C

SRM-3T3

n/a

n/a

AX-CESM-8E1

CESM-8E1

10.2.00

10.0.21

AX-CESM-8T1

CESM-8T1

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-AUSM-8E1/B

AUSMB-8E1

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-AUSM-8T1/B

AUSMB-8T1

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-CESM-T3

CESM-T3

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-CESM-E3

CESM-E3

10.2.00

10.0.21

AX-FRSM-8E1/E1-C

FRSM-8E1

10.2.00

10.0.21

AX-FRSM-8T1/T1-C

FRSM-8T1

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-FRSM-HS2

FRSM-HS2

10.2.00

10.0.22

MGX-FRSM-2CT3

FRSM-2CT3

10.2.00

10.0.22

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

FRSM-2T3

10.2.00

10.0.22

MGX-FRSM-2T3E3

FRSM-2E3

10.2.00

10.0.22

MGX-FRSM-HS1/B

FRSM-HS1/B

10.2.00

10.0.21

MGX-VISM-8T1

VISM-8T1

2.0.(1)

1.5.05

MGX-VISM-8E1

VISM-8E1

2.0.(1)

1.5.05

MGX-RPM-128M/B

RPM

12.2(4)T1

12.1(5.3)T_XT

MGX-RPM-PR

RPM

12.2(4)T1

12.1(5.3)T_XT

CWM

 

10.5.10

10.5.10

BPX 8600 Firmware Compatibility

PCB Description  dspcds Name  Card Name in FW Image   Model  Latest F/W  Min F/W 

BCC-3-64 boot

BCC-3

BCC

D

HDM

HDM

BCC4 boot

BCC-4

BCC

E

HEM

HEM

BCC4-128 boot

BCC-4

BCC

H

HHM

HHM

ASI 2T3/2E3

ASI-T3

ASI

B

n/s

n/s

ASI 2T3/2E3

ASI-E3

ASI

B

n/s

n/s

ASI 2T3/2E3

ASI-T3

ASI

C

UCF

UCF

ASI 2T3/2E3

ASI-E3

ASI

C

UCF

UCF

ASI-155

ASI-155

ASI-155

B

n/s

n/s

ASI-155-E

ASI155E

ASI-155

D

n/s

n/s

ASI-155-E

ASI155E

ASI-155

E

WEC

WEC

ASI-155

ASI-155

ASI-155

H

WHC

WHC

ASM

ASM

 

A

GAC

GAC

BXM-BME

BME

BME

K

N/S

N/S

BXM-T3-8/12

BXM-T3

BXM

F

MFR

MFD

BXM-E3-8/12

BXM-E3

BXM

F

MFR

MFD

BXM-155-4/8

BXM-155

BXM

F

MFR

MFD

BXM-622/622-2

BXM-622

BXM

F

MFR

MFD

BXM-T3-8E/12E/12EX

BXM-T3

BXM

F

MFR

MFD

BXM-E3-8E/12E/12EX

BXM-E3

BXM

F

MFR

MFD

BXM-155-4D/8D/4DX/8DX

BXM-155

BXM

F

MFR

MFD

BXM-622-2D/DX/2DX

BXM-622

BXM

F

MFR

MFD

BNI-3T3/3E3

BNI-T3

BNI

C

TCM

TCM

BNI-3T3/3E3

BNI-E3

BNI

C

TCM

TCM

BNI-155

BNI-155

BNI-155

B

VBR

VBR

BNI-155-E

BNI155E

BNI-155

D

VDR

VDR

IGX 8400 Firmware Compatibility


Note   For the VSI/MPLS feature, the UXM firmware needs to be upgraded to revision ACC or later. The upgrade procedure has changed.

If the switch software version on the node is Release 9.2.x, the following steps are required to upgrade the UXM firmware to revision ACC or later:


Step 1   Execute a graceful upgrade to Release 9.3.35.

Step 2   Upgrade the UXM boot code to boot 8.

Step 3   Upgrade the run-time UXM firmware to revision ABJ or greater.

Step 4   After the card comes up, upgrade the run-time firmware to revision ACC or later.




Warning If these procedures are not followed, there is a big possibility that the card will enter a state from which it can NOT be recovered. Please refer to Appendix B for more information about loading the new firmware.

If a Switch Software Release 9.3.x has been loaded onto the node, the following steps are required to upgrade the UXM firmware to revision ACC:


Step 1   Execute a graceful upgrade to Release 9.3.35.

Step 2   Upgrade the run-time UXM firmware to revision ACC or later.



PCB Description  dspcds Name  Card Name in Firmware Image   Model  Latest F/W  Min F/W 

NPM 32 boot

NPM

NPM

B

RBS

RBS

NPM 64 boot

NPM

NPM|NPM-64

C

RCS

RCS

NPM-B 32 boot

NPM

NPM|NPM-32B

E

RES

RES

NPM-B 64 boot

NPM

NPM|NPM-64B

F

RFS

RFS

IGX-NTM

NTM

NTM

E

NEK

NEK

IGX-NTM (B)

NTM

NTM

F

NHB

NFK

IGX-UXM

UXM

UXM

B

ABJ

ABJ

IGX-UXM

UXM

UXM

C

ACH

ACB

IGX-UXME

UXM

UXM

B

ABJ

ABJ

IGX-UXME

UXM

UXM

C

ACH

ACB

IGX-HDM

HDM

HDM

C

SCF

SCF

IGX-LDM

LDM

LDM

C

LCC

LCC

IGX-CVM-DS0A

CVM

CVM

A

DAF

DAF

IGX-CVM

CVM

CVM

B

DBF

DBF

IGX-CVM-TT

CVM

CVM

C

DCA

DCA

IGX-FRM

FRM

FRM

D

FDZ

FDZ

IGX-FRM-31

FRM

FRM-31

E

FEZ

FEZ

IGX-FRM-2

FRM

FRM-2

F

FFD

FFD

FRM(B)

FRM

FRM

H

FHB

FHB

IGX-FRM

FRM

FRM

J

FJB

FJB

IGX-FRM-31

FRM

FRM-31

K

FKB

FKA

IGX-UFM-4C/8C

UFM

UFM-C

A

ZAT

ZAN

IGX-UFM-4C/8C

UFM

UFM-C

B

ZBD

ZBA

IGX-UFM-U

UFMU

UFM-U

A

YAL

YAJ

IGX-UFM-U

UFMU

UFM-U

B

YBC

YBA

IGX-URM

URM

URM

A

XAB

XAA

IGX-URM

URM

URM

B

XBB

XBA

IGX-UVM

UVM

UVM

D

DDF

DDF

IGX-UVM

UVM

UVM

E

DEF

DEE


Note   IGX-UVM model E is a super set of models A, B, and C firmware. A, B, and C are obsolete and should not be used.

MGX 8220 5.0 Hardware Compatibility

Card Type  Hardware Revisions  Image Type 

ASC

AH, AJ, AK, AL, AM, AN, AP, AR

ASC

ASC/B

AN

ASC

ASC2

BA, BB, BC, BD, BE, BF

ASC

ASC2F

BA, BB, BC, BD, BE, BF

ASC

BNM-T3

AJ, BA, BB, BC, BD

ASC

BNM-T3/B

BE, BF

ASC

BNM-E3

AA, AB, AC

ASC

BNM-E3/B

AD, AE

ASC

BNM-155

AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, AH

ASC

SRM-T1E1

AB, AC, BA, BB, BC

ASC

SRM-T1E1/B

BD

ASC

SRM-3T3, SRM-3T3/B, SRM-3T3/C

BA, BB, BC, BD, BE, BF

ASC

FRSM-4T1E1

AJ, BK, BL, BM, BN, BP, BQ, CA, CB, CC, CE

ASC

FRSM-8T1E1

AA, AB, AC

FRSM

FRSM-HS1

AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AH, AJ

FRSM-8T1E1

FRSM-HS1/B

AA

FRSM-HS1

FRSM-HS2

800-029099-03 AO, 800-02909-04 AO

FRSM-HS2

CESM-RT1E1

AA, BA, BB, BC

CESM

AUSM-4T1E1

AA, AB, AC, BA, BB, BC, BD

AUSM

AUSM-8T1E1

AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF

AUSM-8T1E1

AUSM-8T1E1/B

AA

AUSM-8T1E1

IMATM-8T1E1

AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, AG

IMATM8

IMATM-8T1E1/B

AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF

IMATM8

CESM-8T1E1

AA, AB, AC

CESM-8T1E1

BPX 8600 Hardware Compatibility

Card Type  Part Numbers  Latest H/W  Min. H/W 
Controller Cards

 

 

 

BPX-BCC-64M (Non-Orderable)

800-04008-04

A

A

BPX-BCC-BC (Non-Orderable)

73-211380-00

D

A

BPX-BCC-3-64M

73-3720-02

R

J

BCC-3BC

800-02916-01

E

A

BPX-BCC4V

800-03580-06

E

C

BPX-BCC-4V/B

800-06483-02

C

A

ASI-2T3

73-216330-00

F

A

ASI-2E3

73-216330-01

F

A

ASI-155E

73-214250-00

H

F

ASI-155E

73-218100-02

J

A

Alarm Group

 

 

 

BPX-ASM

800-04009-01

C

A

BPX-ASM-BC

73-211910-00

C

A

ASM-LM

800-211910-10

B

A

Broadband Switch Group

 

 

 

BPX-BME

800-02855-04

B

A

BPX-BXM-T3-8

800-02777-07

J

B

BPX-BXM-T3-8E

800-03933-02

A

A

BPX-BXM-E3-8

800-02779-07

J

B

BPX-BXM-E3-8E

800-03928-02

A

A

BPX-BXM-T3-12

800-02776-07

J

B

BPX-BXM-T3-12E

800-03931-02

A

A

BPX-BXM-T3-12EX

800-03934-02

A

A

BPX-BXM-E3-12

800-02778-07

J

B

BPX-BXM-E3-12E

800-03929-02

A

A

BPX-BXM-E3-12EX

800-03930-02

A

A

BPX-T3/E3-BC

73-2759-02

A

A

BPX-BXM-155-8

800-02664-07

J

B (C for APS)

BPX-MMF-155-8-BC

800-03255-01

B

A

BPX-SMF-155-8-BC

800-03257-01

B

A

BPX-SMFLR-155-8-BC

800-02593-01

B

A

BPX-BXM-155-4

800-02666-07

J

B (C for APS)

BPX-BXM-E-155-4D

800-03094-02

A

A

BPX-BXM-E-155-8D

800-03092-02

A

A

BPX-BXM-E-155-4DX

800-03093-02

A

A

BPX-BXM-E-155-8DX

800-03091-02

A

A

BPX-MMF-155-4-BC

800-03256-02

B

A

BPX-SMF-155-4-BC

800-03258-01

B

A

BPX-SMFLR-155-4-BC

800-02594-02

B

A

BPX-BXM-622

800-02646-10

M

D (E for APS)

BPX-BXM-622-2

800-02638-10

M

D (E for APS)

BPX-BXM-E-622-2D

800-03150-02

A

A

BPX-BXM-E-622-DX

800-03151-02

A

A

BPX-BXM-E-622-2DX

800-03149-02

A

A

BPX-622-2-BC

73-2884-01

D

A

BPX-SMF-622-BC

800-03249-01

C

A

BPX-SMF-622-2-BC

800-03251-01

C

A

BPX-SMFLR-622-BC

800-03250-01

C

A

BPX-SMFLR-622-2-BC

800-03252-01

D

A

BPX-XLR-622

800-02738-01

C

A

BPX-XLR-622-2

800-02739-01

C

A

BPX-BME-OC12

73-2469-07

F

A

RDNT-SMF-155-4R

800-03677-01

J

A

RDNT-SMF-155-8R

800-03679-01

K

A

RDNT-LR-155-8R

800-03678-01

J

A

RDNT-LR-622-2R

800-03676-01

F

A

RDNT-SMF-622R

800-03675-01

F

A

RDNT-SMF-622-2R

800-03674-01

J

A

BPX-STM1-EL-4

800-03716-02

A

A

BNI-3-T3/C

800-02858-02

A

A

BNI-3-E3/C

800-02859-02

A

A

BNI-155E

73-218100-01

K

A

BNI-2-155/B

73-4133-01

L

L

BPX-T3/E3

800-03058-02

E

A

BPX-E3-BC

73-213070-01

E

A

BPX-MMF-2-BC

73-214290-00

D

A

BPX-SMF-2-BC

73-216270-00

D

A

BPX-SMFLR-2-BC

73-216270-01

D

A

SMF-LM-OC3

800-216270-10

C

A

SMF-LM-OC3-LR

800-216270-11

C

A

MMF-LM-OC3

800-214290-10

B

A

LM-3T3

800-213070-10

D

A

LM-3E3

800-213070-11

D

A

IGX 8400 Hardware Compatibility

Card Type  Part Numbers  Latest H/W  Min. H/W  Comments 

Controller Cards

 

 

 

 

IGX-NPM-32

73-2894-01

W

A

 

IGX-NPM-64

73-2895-01

W

A

 

IGX-NPM-32B

73-2554-04

L

A

 

IGX-NPM-64B

73-2363-02

C

A

 

IGX-SCM

73-3341-01

Y

A

Revision X or later for nodes with UXM IMA trunks

Alarm Group

 

 

 

 

IGX-ARM

73-218230-00

B

A

 

BC-512011

73-212360-00

D

A

 

Trunk Group

 

 

 

 

IGX-NTM

73-2296-04

E

A

 

BC-6271A-TI

73-207380-00

M

A

 

BC-6171A-E1

73-207370-01

P

A

 

BC-6083A-SR

73-208540-00

J

A

 

BC-550150-Y1

73-210820-01

D

A

 

ACM1

73-2921-03

W

A

 

BC-571110A-T3

73-2879-01

L

A

 

BC-571210A-E3

73-2679-01

K

A

 

BC-571310A-E2

73-215940-00

D

A

 

BC-571410A-HSSI

73-216370-00

A

A

 

IGX-UXM

73-2511-03

D

A

 

IGX-UXM-E

 

A

A

 

BC-UAI-4-155-SMF

73-2703-03

D

A

 

BC-UAI-4-155-MMF

73-2705-03

D

A

 

BC-UAI-2-155-SMF

73-2699-03

C

A

 

BC-UAI-2SMFXLR

 

A

A

 

BC-UAI-4SMFXLR

 

A

A

 

BC-UAI-6-T3

73-2952-02

A

A

 

BC-UAI-3-T3

73-2954-02

A

A

 

BC-UAI-6-E3

73-2953-02

A

A

 

BC-UAI-3-E3

73-2955-02

A

A

 

BC-UAI-8-E1-BNC

73-2932-02

C

A

 

BC-UAI-4-E1-BNC

73-3061-01

C

A

 

BC-UAI-8-T1-DB15

73-2941-02

C

A

 

BC-UAI-8-E1-DB15

73-2942-02

C

A

 

BC-UAI-4-T1-DB15

73-3059-01

C

A

 

BC-UAI-4-E1-DB15

73-3060-01

C

A

 

BC-UAI-4-STM1E

73-3364-02

A

A

 

Port Group

 

 

 

 

IGX-URM

800-06260-06

A

A

 

BC-2FE2V

800-06257-03

A

A

 

ACM1A

73-2930-03

W

A

 

IGX-HDM

73-2853-02

A

F

*Show SDP H/W Rev, DM=SDP+ACM2

ACM2

73-2922-03

T

A

 

BC-5082A-V35

73-2450-01

K

A

 

BC-5083A-RS449

73-204850-00

V

A

 

BC-5084B-RS232

73-2723-01

W

A

 

IGX-LDM

73-207250-00

K

A

*Show LDP H/W Rev, LDM=LDP+ACM1A

BC-5286A-RS232

73-207180-01

L

A

LDI-4RS232

BC-5287A-RS232

73-207180-00

L

A

LDI-8RS232

IGX-CVM-DSOA

73-3002-02

D

A*

*Show CDP H/W Rev, CVM=CDP+ACM1A

IGX-CVM-T1EC

73-3003-03

E

A*

*Show CDP H/W Rev, CVM=CDP+ACM1A

IGX-CVM-E1EC

73-209660-00

H*

A*

*Show CDP H/W Rev, CVM=CDP+ACM1A

IGX-CVM-TT

 

 

 

 

BC-6271A-TI

73-207380-00

M

A

 

BC-6171A-E1

73-207370-01

P

A

 

BC-550100-J1

73-210820-00

C

A

 

IGX-FRM

73-2517-03

N

A

 

IGX-FRM-31

73-2517-03

N

A

 

IGX-FRM-2

73-2519-01

M*

A*

*Show FRP H/W Rev, FRM-2=FRP+ACM1A

BC-6251B-V35

73-3253-01

M

A

FRI-4V.35-2

BC-6254A-X21

73-211440-00

H

A

FRI-X.21

BC-6355A-X21

73-214120-01

C

A

FRI-2X21

IGX-UFM-4C

73-2531-05

N

A

Needs a minimum of ZAS/ZBC Firmware

IGX-UFM-8C

73-2531-05

N

A

Needs a minimum of ZAS/ZBC Firmware

BC-UFI-8T1-DB15

73-2444-02

D

A

 

BC-UFI-8E1-DB15

73-2445-02

D

A

 

BC-UFI-8E1-BNC

73-2449-02

D

A

 

IGX-UFM-U

73-2349-04

D

A

 

BC-UFI-12V35

73-2711-01

D

A

 

BC-UFI-12X21

73-2712-01

D

A

 

BC-UFI-4HSSI

73-2693-01

C

A

 

IGX-UVM

73-2361-04

K

A

 

BC-UVI-2E1EC

73-2420-01

B

A

 

BC-UVI-2T1EC

73-2373-01

C

A

 

BC-UVI-2S1EC

73-2374-01

A

A

 

Known Anomalies for Release 9.3.35

Bug ID  Description 

CSCdk91790

Symptom:

SWSW system idle time is below 30% when more than 10 UVMs are activated.

Conditions:

SWSW polls each activated UVM for modem status every 1 second for each port. SWSW also spends time in processing the responses of the modem polling.

When many UVMs are activated, the modem polling handling consumes a lot of system time and resources (buffer queue) which affect system performance.

UVM FW has supported asynchronous event to report modem event. SWSW needs to stop polling modem status if the FW in UVM supports the async event.

Workaround:

Use cnfnodeparm 46 to increase polling timer to improve system performance.

CSCdp98648

Symptom:

Equipment MGR can't tell the difference between BXM legacy or enhance.

Conditions:

BPX nodes containing legacy BXMs and Enhanced BXMs.

Workaround:

Log into the BPX node and do dspcd XX and determine from number of channel support. The enhanced version of the BXM card has 61K channels, and the BXM card has less than 61K channels.

CSCdr43327

Symptom:

Cannot execute a "burnfwrev [rev] 0" when you have BXM and BMEs on the same node.

If trying to burn BXM firmware it gives the error: Error: Wrong Image for BME(s), [rev]

If trying to burn BME firmware it gives the error: Error: Wrong Image for BXM(s), [rev]

Conditions:

This problem only occurs when there are BXM and BMEs mixed on a node and the user attempts to use the "burnfwrev [rev] 0" for either BXM or BME firmware.

Note: This is not a recommended practice for live customer usage as this method methodically goes through and burns from slot 1 to the end, all cards that accept this FW revision, which could mean extra stressing the network if there are trunks cards, or y-red pairs that are activated and deactivated with the FW burning process.

Workaround:

Burn the firmware one by one burnfwrev [rev] [slot] or burn the firmware, specifying all of the slots burnfwrev [rev] [slot1] [slot2] [slot3] ....

CSCdr43758

Symptom:

1000003 software log entry appeared on IGX 9.1.17 changing LAN IP address.

Conditions:

Software log entry appeared when customer changed the CWM station to manage the node. cnflan had been performed. Occurrences of software log entry 945.

Workaround:

1.Disable SNMP on access to the node by changing the community strings to NOACCES. 2. Change LANIP configuration. 3. Change SV+ station config. 4. Reset the standby NPM. 5. Perform a switchcc. 6. Enable SNMP access by changing the strings back.

Further Problem Description:

None.

CSCds03159

Symptom:

Standby BCC-4 logs a 1011 abort.

Conditions:

After physically removing the active BCC and reinserting it, the standby BCC will take mastership and become active. The reinserted BCC(now standby) will log a 1011 abort. Only occurs in 9.2.31 and later releases.

Workaround:

None. This is not a service impacting problem. The standby BCC will transition to standby after logging the 1011 abort.

Further Problem Description:

CSCdp54803 is a correction for a SWSW defect which would prevent the BCC loss of bus mastership from logging an abort 1011. This defect was corrected in SWSW release 9.2.31. Thus the aborts are observed when mastership is lost in releases 9.2.31 or above.

CSCdv38231 identifies a HW problem: "if a standby BCC-4 is inserted very quickly that it may see the mastership signal for about 200 msec."

CSCds47671

Symptom:

dspcurclk displays incorrect trunk numbers in the clock path.

e.g. z5b 7--30z2a 24-- 9.1z3b

^^^ This should be 24.1 (the port is missing)

Conditions:

You need the following clock path in dspcurclk for this problem to surface destination IGX slot ------ slot via node slot.port ----- source node (IGX/IPX) ^^^^

Workaround:

None. This is a display issue only.

Further Details:

The display attempts to display the port on the via trunk before it is properly set.

CSCdt22924

Symptom:

Bad clock source during dn/upcd.

Conditions:

Dncd/upcd causes the clock failure " Minor bad clock source" .

Workaround:

clrclkalm will clear the clock failure.

CSCdt71711

Symptom:

Swerror error 419 (Bad Node Nib Ptr) logged on stby controller card.

Conditions:

This occured only in the following conditions:

a) After the switchCC, the stby hasn't built the NIB yet. b) In the above situation, the active has sent the ND_ALARM_UPDT to update the alarm of a particular NIB which is not yet built in stby.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdu13921

Symptom:

Connection routing fails with the message "No route available (insufficient trunk bandwidth)" -- as seen with the [dspcon] command, but when checking the trunk bandwidth usage via [dspload], there is enough bandwidth.

Conditions:

This problem occurs when we run out of connection identifiers, conids.

The most common occurrence of this is on BXM cards as they have a configurable conid limits and the defaults are rather small, 256.

Workaround:

Check the [dspload] command and if the "Con ID Avail" count is 0, then the routing failure is really do to connection Id exhaustion rather than bandwidth.

CSCdu22300

Symptom:

Connections do not get routed even if there are enough resources on the trunk.

Conditions:

All of the following should hold true --

(1) Connections are being considered for routing in a network consisting of BOTH UXM and NTM trunks.

(2) If node X, node Y and node Z are the possible via nodes for a connection being considered for routing AND

(a) A UXM trunk (say, Trk1) connected between node X and node Y has the maximum available Bandwidth among ALL the trunks connected between node X and node Y.

(b) A NTM trunk (say, Trk2) connected between node Y and node Z has the maximum available Bandwidth among ALL the trunks connected between node Y and node Z. ** OR ** node Y is the slave node of the connection being considered for routing and is terminated on a NON-UXM card.

In other words, Gateway LCN is required at node Y's end of the UXM trunk (Trk1).

(c) Gateway LCN is not available at node Y's end of the UXM trunk (Trk1).

(3) Additionally, "Trunk Cell Routing Restriction" is set to "No" for the connection being considered for routing.

Workaround:

Either ONE of the following options can be used -- (1) Using the "cnfpref" command configure the connection to use a path which you have verified to carry the connection. (2) Using the "cnftrk" command, increase the Gateway LCNs on the UXM trunk (Trk1) at the node Y's end. (3) Increase the available BW on at least any one of the other trunks between Node X and Node Y such that it becomes more than the available bandwidth of the UXM trunk (Trk1). (4) Increase the available BW on at least any one of the UXM trunks between node Y and node Z such that it becomes more than the available bandwidth of the NTM trunk (Trk2). [Applicable only if node Y is not the slave node]

[Available Bandwidth can be obtained using the "dspload" command. Increasing the "Transmit Rate" and "Receive Rate" of the trunk at both ends of the trunk using the "cnftrk" command will increase the available Bandwidth].

CSCdu26594

Symptom:

Routing/re-routing of connections causes software error 3064.

Conditions:

This error may occur under the following conditions, 1. The on/off flag for "Neighbor Update Errs" is enabled and 2. When Master sends a request to Slave/Via to rout a number of connections, Slave/Via does not agree for routing all connections.

A possible case can be:

During routing, because of the via or slave resources shortage, via or slave only agree to route a smaller number of connection. When this happens, and the flag is on, the swerr is logged.

Workaround:

Disable the "Neighbor Update Errs" flag using 'off1' command. Usually this flag is disabled and it is enabled only for debugging.

CSCdu47810

Symptom:

ILMI does not report the correct status of the ATM PVCs when the ILMI protocol is run on the UXM/BXM cards (Protocol by card is enabled).

Conditions:

When an IGX/BPX is connected to a router through a UXM/BXM card and the ILMI Protocol is run on the card.

Workaround:

Run the ILMI protocol on the switch by disabling "Protocol by the card".

Further Problem Description:

This problem is an extension of CSCdp57264.

When a Router is connected to an IGX(UXM) or BPX(BXM), with many PVCs and the PVCs are ILMI managed, when the main interface at the router is downed, the Switch(IGX/BPX) sends traps to the router with the information that the state of the PVCs should be changed to DOWN. But the router DOWNs only some of them.

The reason for this was that the Switch(BPX/IGX) bundled the information regarding 5 PVCs into a SINGLE TRAP, while the Router was expecting the information of ONE PVC PER TRAP.

The problem was fixed in SWSW code(CSCdp57264).

But there is a feature in the UXM card of IGX wherein the user is given the option to let the Card run the ILMI protocol by itself ("Protocol run on the Card "). If this option is enabled, the change incorporated in the SWSW code will not be executed and the IGX will send out info. of 5 PVCs per Trap, thus re-creating the problem.

So too in the case of a BXM card with the "Protocol by Card" is enabled.

CSCdu64553

Symptom:

CLP 1 tagged traffic in a multi-vc environment cannot be differentiated from CLP 0 with the present default drop method on TAGCOS Qbins, EPD.

Conditions:

EPD is the configured default. In order to differentiate CLP 1 marked traffic, CLP hysteresis instead should be configured.

Workaround:

No workaround.

CSCdu68726

Symptom:

Software error 586 is logged when the last trunk from a node is deleted, and there are MANY (see below) non-DAX connections terminating on the node.

Conditions:

This only occurs when there are still a lot of non-DAX connections terminating on the node that is being isolated from the network. In the lab environment this has been observed when there where 7200 connections terminating on the node being isolate.

Workaround:

Use cnfnodeparm to 37 to allocate more memory for STBY update queue, or better yet, delete all connections before deleting the trunk.

CSCdu75709

Symptom:

Port data base, for serial cards, is not getting cleared in the Informix data base after card removal and downing last port.

Conditions:

The problem is only for cards with serial interface.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdu84969

Symptom:

The rt-vbr queue value for the atmPortQueueIndex is not consistent between the IGX and the BPX. The value is 9 on the BPX and 3 on the IGX.

Conditions:

None.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv07238

Symptom:

SwSw err. 265, 622, and 4208 are logged on stby CC bpx01 that is in upgraded state, after a loadrev of 9.3.24 software to a 9.3.11 node.

Conditions:

The following steps were performed to arrive at the SwSw err. logs.

1. Both CCs of bpx01 were running 9.2.34 2. no stby updates were taking place and idle CPU > 50% 3. A hitless rebuild was done on each node 4. On all NW nodes Stats. were disabled, node parameters were set for upgrade 5. 9.3.11 sw was loaded onto the bpx01 node and all other nodes in the NW 6. After stby CC came into upgraded state, stby CC was check for SW err 7. There were no swsw errs. and other err. conditions observed 8. Then we did a runrev 9.3.11 *, to perform a flash upgrade 9. After the flash upgrade we saw swsw err. 265, 4208 10. After some analysis we decided to proceed to see if it was recurring 11. The stby CC was unlocked to 9.3.11 by loadrev 9.3.11 on all nodes 12. Both CCs of bpx01 were running 9.3.11 13. dspqs, and dspsust screen shows no standby updates are taking place w/ CPU idle time at 70% from dspprfhist 14. At a system level the NW is in steady state as no NW events are taking place 15. Now, we do a loadrev of 9.3.24 software stored in a svplus workstation to bpx01 16. dsprevs screen at regular intervals shows that the stby CC is going state changes [downloading, downloaded, loaded, upgrading, and upgraded] 17. Now (when stby CC is in upgraded state), we login to the stby CC by vt STBYBCC to verify db consistence, and observe SwSw err. 265, 622, and 4208. are logged

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv12786

Symptom:

Total reserved VSI bw on a BXM card can exceed the backplane speed.

Conditions:

If multiple virtual trunks are upped and VSI partitions created on them, BWs can be allocated to individual partitions which can exceed OC12, which is the maximum backplane speed. This problem does not exist, if the partitions are created on physical trunks or on line ports.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv36764

Symptom:

swerr 1008 is logged when a BXM card is continuously reset every 5 mins.

Conditions:

One of the BXM cards is continuously reset every 5 mins due to an issue with the Stats Collection task of the BXM firmware running every 5mins on the card.

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCdv38469

Symptom:

Tstber function fails on a card that has VSI partitions enabled.

Since tstber is used by the crosspoint test, you will not get an accurate test for those slots that have VSI enabled. You can check the output of the dspselftst screen to ensure that the test is running on all slots that have BXMs.

Conditions:

A VSI parition is enabled with VPI 0 and/or VPI 1 allocated to that partition.

Workaround:

Do not allocate VPI 0 and/or VPI 1 to any active VSI partition.

CSCdv42157

Symptom:

SW errs 110 occured.

Conditions:

While running the hardware reset job overnight only job 3 (hardware card resets) was running.

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCdv44928

Symptom:

UFMU ports could be over subscribed despite the mode settings.

Conditions:

When the UFMU card is set to mode 1 all the four ports can be set to a port speed of 4Mbps violating the port limit of 3Mbps and group limit of 10 Mbps of mode 1.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv62358

Symptom:

There is no way to clear the tstpingip counts.

Conditions:

This occurs whenever using the tstpingoam CLI.

Workaround:

Use the delta between the old value and the new value to determine the number of successful pings that occur.

CSCdv63061

Symptom:

Getting swerr19 during upgrade.

Conditions:

Upgrading from BCC-3 to BCC-4V-B.

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCdv67020

Symptom:

CWM is sent a TFTP statistics file with one bucket of data for stats which do not have any data collected.

Conditions:

TFTP statistics are enabled, but data was not collected.

Workaround:

None.

Further Information:

No negative impact has been reported.

CSCdv73494

Symptom:

swerr 886,2071,2059 fills the log.

Conditions:

The log display shows the swerr.

Workaround:

Unknown at present.

CSCdv76903

Symptom:

The cards have gone into failed state and HD errs were logged (11 of them on each cards). 2. The F.Code = 8D (of the hardware err) on all of the cards.

Conditions:

The SW image = 9.3.4D 2. NTM-FW image = model F/K = NK02 3. The DTR toggle was enabled on the trunks 4. The clock speed was changed from 1536 to 2048 kbps on both ends and also on the ME (modem eliminator) 5. the cards were observed to go into failure state and the trunks were in major alarm state (FC missing).

Workaround:

None. Don't mess with 2048kbps trunks for now.

CSCdv79961

Symptom:

Unable to configure stats level on standby card after upgrading swsw on IGX from 92 to 93 with UXM in Yred.

Conditions:

9.3.30

After upgrading from 9.2.34 to 9.3.11 UXM pair in Yred try to cnfcdparm for stat level change you receive this error message "Cannot change stats level for yred card or card in service".

However, if you try the same thing when the card is not in yred, the node allows you to change.

Workaround:

1) Remove the standby card and place in some other empty slot 2) Configure the stat level in the new, non-yred slot 3) Replace the card into the y-red standby slot 4) Wait until the card comes up fully as a standby, and has completed its programming. 5) Switch to the standby card that has the modified stat level 6) Remove the new standby card and place in some other empty slot 7) Repeat steps 2-3 on the next card.

CSCdv81068

Symptom:

SwSw exception 254 occurs on bpx node running 9.3.3b image after re-numbering BPX node from 12 to 1.

Conditions:

No events were occurring in the NW during node re-numbering 2. However, after debugging it was determined that stby CC updates were taking place.

Workaround:

N/A.

CSCdv81110

Symptom:

Swerr. 327 occurred on BPX node due to rerouting during NW recovering after FW burn was completed. swerr 327 complain about no gwlcn resources which does not apply to BPX via conn. So, there is no adverse effect. Routing generates this swerr as warning. The warning swerr is incorrectly generated and could be ignored.

Conditions:

1. There was massive rerouting when the NW was recovering after BXM FW was burned concurrently on all the nodes.

2. The Swerr. was logged not during FW burn but during NW recovery (rerouting, clearing of comm. failure, etc...).

3. The user has renumber the node during routing before, which generates swerr 254. The swerr 254 complain viaconn cannot be updated because of incorrect node number. This may be the consequence of node renumbering.

Workaround:

Just ignore the swerr.

CSCdv84853

Symptom:

Traffic outage due to switchcc or hitless rebuild is 232.12% greater than 250ms for BPX.

Conditions:

Test was run on BPX06 node that is fairly loaded.

Workaround:

N/A.

CSCdv89240

 

Symptom:

BPX does not reports when of DS3 C-bit FEBE error create.

Conditions:

Workaround:

N/A.

CSCdv90041

Symptom:

Generating AIS-L for 11 seconds -- AIS-L --> (FAILED)

ES-L (Line BIP24 Errored Seconds) and SES-L (Line BIP24 Severely Errored Seconds) counters should have incremented by eleven or twelve. Counter did not detect any increments.

UAS-L (Line Unavailable Seconds) counter should have incremented by one or two. The UAS-L counter incremented by twelve.

NMS (CWM Alarms Browser) received AIS (BLU)

Generating RDI-L for 11 seconds -- RDI-L --> (FAILED)

ES-LFE (Line FEBE Errored Seconds) and SES-LFE (Line FEBE Severely Errored Seconds) counters should have incremented by eleven or twelve. Counter did not detect any increments.

UAS-LFE (Line Farend Unavailable Seconds) counter should have incremented by one or two. The UAS-LFE counter incremented by twelve.

NMS (CWM Alarms Browser) received Remote (yellow)

Conditions:

Performing Compliance testing by injecting errors into the BXM using an HP tester.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw00243

Symptom:

When a DS3 UNI receives a DS3 AIS, the switch properly generates a DS3 (line) Yellow but not a PLCP Yellow.

Conditions:

Performing Compliance testing by injecting errors into the BXM using an HP tester.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw00459

Symptom:

ES-P, UAS-P, ES-PFE, and UAS-PFE counters does not properly increment when experiencing AIS-P and RDI-P.

Conditions:

Performing Compliance testing by injecting errors into the BXM using an HP tester.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw01798

Symptom:

swerr 514 complains freeing memory with invalid memory pointer. While collecting information for the problem, it causes an abort.

Conditions:

Trunk removal triggers the re-calculation of the clock source route. The new calculation clear up old info and free allocated memory.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

The condition is not reproducible. Root cause is not known. New bug logged CSCdw11872 to handle the potential problem if the network has 223 nodes.

CSCdw01813

Symptom:

In the LSNT network, there are 44 real nodes + enumlated nodes. Totally 220 nodes. After power down 43 and up (except one real node), nodes in a 220 nodes network, N2 logged software error 419.

Conditions:

A node has been removed by deleting the trunk. Power down and power up all nodes in the network.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw01866

Symptom:

After hitless rebuild in a large network, dspload does not show used recv load info for a long time. chklm could not be trust until all load updates sync up.

Conditions:

Histless rebuild.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw01957

Symptom:

The verify_xlat generates swerr 325 where xlat is dangling. The debug command dlcon shows invalid data.

Conditions:

Multiple fallback and upgrade has been done.

Workaround:

Do a full rebuild to clear the problem.

CSCdw02563

Symptom:

Backcards are "empty" in slot 3, 4, and/or 8 on node sw150.

Conditions:

Resetsys on node sw150 with 9.3.4G build

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw04847

Symptom:

The default value and the range allowed for queue size is wrong.

Conditions:

This can be seen while using cnftrkparm to configure the queue sizes.

Workaround:

A valid range is approximately half of that allowed in cnftrkparm. Configure the queue sizes to be within the valid range.

CSCdw04934

Symptom:

switchyred sometimes took 40 to 70 seconds to complete.

Conditions:

9.3.3d MF02.

Workaround:

Further Problem Description:

After loading MF02, switchyred is taking 40 to 70 seconds to complete.

CSCdw07614

Symptom:

Date and time changed during upgrade.

Conditions:

9.3.3b and 9.3.3d MF01.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

Date/time changed after runrev command issued on two different nodes. This was noticed doing dsplog, it showed the date and time changed then changed back.

CSCdw07798

Symptom:

swerr 50 is logged, or the rt-VBR queue size is changed to 532 when upgrading to 9330/9335/9340

Conditions:

This swerr 50 is logged if prior to upgrading the NTS, queue size is configured to be greater than that allowed by the CDV feature.

The rt-VBR queue size overwrite will occur if prior to the upgrade it is configured to be greater than that allowed by the CDV feature.

Workaround:

To avoid the swerr 50 or the silent rt-VBR queue reconfiguration, reduce the NTS, rt-VBR q size to acceptable limits prior to upgrading.

There is no way to maintain the current queue configuration if it exceeds the CDV limits.

CSCdw08550

Symptom:

More than 250 milliseconds of traffic outage on a connection during a Y-redundant BXM card switch.

Conditions:

Traffic sent through a snaked connection made up of 18 connection segments lost 800 msec of traffic where the limit is 250 msec.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw10623

Symptom:

Abort log on IGX node.

Conditions:

Unknown. Probably because we did not configure qbin depth for trunk.

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCdw11872

Symptom:

Potential memory overwritten of other good data and causing an abort.

Conditions:

This is happen when there is a race condition like node deletion and the internal clock source table could not retrieve information of a node. (Probably the node has been removed from the clock source node table).

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw11977

Symptom:

1m3 abort logged along with memory corruption errors, ex. 514.

Conditions:

Any memory corruption in the system.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw12099

Symptom:

The information logged during upgrades is not sufficient to clearly indicate what is occurring on the node.

Conditions:

This occurs for all upgrades.

Workaround:

None. This defect is an improvement defect.

CSCdw12691

Symptom:

After pulling out and reinstalling both front cards (aps pair), dspapsln command Shows incorrect info. After cards reistalled, dspapsln should show clear.

Conditions:

9.3.3d MF02.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

On node alpha, both front cards were removed, slots 11 and 12. Then reinserted. All test traffic going over the trunk ceased for a while then eventually recovered. Everything cleared on the switch. However, on node Beta (remote node) slot 11.2 Which has a APS ling going to node Alpha 11.1, the dspapsln command now shows the wrong info. It displays both Active and Standby lines a sigdegrade ber.

The rsh aps dump command shows the correct info it shows both lines as clear.

The wrong info was cleared on the working line by pulling out the rx cable then Re-inserting. However, the problem could not be cleared on the Protection line by Using the same method.

CSCdw12925

Symptom:

The supported features information is overwritten with "Firmware Download Failed" when the FW download fails.

Conditions:

This problem only occurs when a firmware download fails, and the card has many supported features that writes into the FW download fail message space.

Workaround:

Remove and reinsert the card so that it exits the firmware download fail state and the message will no longer be displayed and you can then see all of the supported features.

CSCdw13409

Symptom:

Dspapsln shows line is signal-degraded even though it is in reality in the clear. However, rsh aps dump shows line is clear. Dspapsln should show clear.

Conditions:

9.3.3d MF0.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

An error generator is used to put an 0C-3 line in signal degraded mode. After the error generator is turned off the dspapsln still shows that the line is in degraded mode. Yet the rsh card aps dump line command shows that the line is clear.

CSCdw15039

Symptom:

For local ATM and FR connections, 'addloclp' command loop both ends of the connection.

Conditions:

'addloclp' executed for any end of a DAX connection.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw15054

 

Symptom:

Commands 'addrmtlp' and 'addlocrmtlp' is not supported for DAX connections. The system display error the error "Not applicable for local connections".

Conditions:

Executing 'addrmtlp' and 'addlocrmtlp' for ATM and FR, DAX connections.

Workaround:

None. These commands do work for normal connections.

CSCdw15064

 

Symptom:

'addloclp' does not work for connection end points on BPX-BXM ports. The display shows that the connection is looped, but internally the system does not add the loop.

Conditions:

'addloclp' executed for connection end points on BXM ports.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw15075

 

Symptom:

Local loop back of connections is not supported by ASI card. But system allow executing 'addloclp' for connection end points on ASI ports.

Conditions:

'addloclp' executed on connection end point on ASI card.

Workaround:

None. Though the card does not support local loop, there is no side effect of executing 'addloclp'.

CSCdw15697

Symptom:

UXM T1 IMA trunk loses a DS0 after a communication failure on the trunk if the trunk was upped as a single T1 trunk and then configured to include more T1's.

Conditions:

A trunk Communication failure occurs and then the number of DS0's available reduces by 1.

Workaround:

Deleting and readding the trunk is the known way to get the trunk back to correct DS0 numbers.

CSCdw16076

Symptom:

The NTS-Q delay observed from the cbtrace of the node for fn cd D1 and slot 23 is showing D1 on n8a and on slot 19 of n1a shows D8. D8 is the expected value

Conditions:

The total NTS Q delay is incremented by increasing the Incremental CDV values from a default value of 0 to the max possible but still maintaining the entire (for the path) to be < 255.

WorkAround:

Unknown may be: don't change the incremental CDV from Default value of 0.

CSCdw18589

Symptom:

In 9.2.34, when the physical interface for a Virtual Trunk is used as a network clock source, the source associates itself with the first Virtual Trunk on the interface. Should that trunk fail, the clock source fails and the system will search for a new source. In this configuration, you are not allowed to set PASS SYNC to YES on the first Virtual Trunk (which is correct), but it is possible to set the Virtual Trunk for PASS SYNC YES. By setting PASS SYNC to yes on any other Virtual Trunk on the interface causes PASS SYNC to be set to YES on all of the Virtual Trunks - even the first one which is associated with the clock source. Having a trunk as a clock source and set to PASS SYNC YES is an unsupported configuration.

In 9.3.30, the situation is slightly different in that a change made to any of the Virtual Trunks does not affect the first Virtual Trunk, which has the clock association. The problem here is that if the first Virtual Trunk fails, the clock source associates itself with the second Virtual Trunk. If PASS SYNC were set to YES on that trunk, problems would result.

Conditions:

Enabling PASS SYNC to YES on any Virtual Trunk (other than the first one) causes PASS SYNC to be set to YES on all Virtual Trunks associated with the interface. Even the one tied to the clock source.

Workaround:

If the physical interface for a Virtual Trunk is used as a clock source, do not set PASS SYNC to YES on any of the Virtual Trunks associated with the interface.

CSCdw19247

 

Symptom:

Connections cannot route although resources available. The 'rrtinf block' shows high count of the blocking by neighborhood node.

Node Name P Blk Bkoff Con Coll block_nd N Y 132

On the blocking node, rrtinf rrcb shows unknown node type.

# Exists? State Type Master Slave Hops Conns Seq# 0 Y IDLE ??? XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX 0 0 0

The node type is '???' and locked up the node from routing.

Conditions:

The problem is seen in 9.3.3d (9.3.35) release. The trigger of this node lock up is if the via/slave could not find its node number in the routing path of the routing message. It is rare happening (routing and renumbering at the same time) or astray message with invalid node number.

Workaround:

Do a switchcc will clear the problem.

CSCdw21820

Symptom:

addlnlocrmtlp on BNI trunks between two nodes causes permanent commbreak, even though there are accessible route to the other nodes.

Conditions:

BNI trunk is used between two nodes. addlnlocrmtlp is applied to the BNI trunk.

Workaround:

Don't use addlnlocrmtlp on BNI trunks.

CSCdw25167

 

Symptom:

lpbk test fail being observed when trunk fails. Card goes into failure, which results in Y-red switchover as card is determined to be failing when in fact the trunk has been hit.

Conditions:

Trunk failure.

Workaround:

cnffunc 1 d (auto loopback test on trunk failure).

CSCdw27395

Symptom:

Gives an error message while adding NTM_SR trunk "Abandoned because remote node Transmit Rate setting is different".

Conditions:

When the 2048kbps NTM-SR trunk is decreased to a data rate of 1024kbps (or any lower value like 1536) and THEN, changed back to 2048kbps using CNFTRK X. 2. Then try to add the trunk back in the network, to see the error message. 3. The NTM-FW is NK02 and SWSW 934I 4. This problem was seen on both Y-red and Non-Yred cards, also for V.35 and X.21 interfaces.

Workaround:

Decrease the Data Rate of the trunk (after deleting it) on both sides of the TRK (i.e., on igx5/21 and as well as igx7/4) Then, the corruption is done on both the sides and the DB's sync up and hence, the trunk can be added.

CSCdw30776

Symptom:

swerr 103 occurs on node sw290.

Conditions:

After installed an URM with connection to Catalyst 2926; also has 9.3.4I image on the node.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw30934

Symptom:

Behavior of the Deferred conn alarm generation feature following a full rebuild is inconsistent depending on the load on the node. If the node is lightly loaded, the feature will get deactivated after a full rebuild and this is as designed. However, if the node is very heavily loaded, the feature will remain active (provided data is flowing) after the full rebuild.

Conditions:

1. SWSW Release 9.3.35 2. Deferred conn alarm generation feature is active on a feeder. 3. Node undergoes a full rebuild.

Workaround:

Disable the feature using 'cnffdrlmiparms'.

Further Problem Description:

In 9.3.30, the feature was designed to remain active following a full rebuild, switchcc or hitless rebuild if it was active before the event and the data continuity can be validated.

In 9.3.35, the feature's design was modified such that if activated, it gets deactivated whenever there is a break in data flow or the trunk goes into major alarm. So, after a full rebuild, when the trunk goes into transient LOS, the LMI task is expected to deactivate the feature.

If the node is very heavily loaded, after a full rebuild, the node is busy rerouting the connections and starves the LMI task. The trunk goes in and out of LOS (since it is handled by a high priority task) even before the LMI task (lower priority) gets a chance to run. When the LMI task finally gets a chance to run, the trunk is out of LOS and if the data path is intact, the feature remains activated.

Note that the feature will continue to remain activated following a switchcc or hitless rebuild.

CSCdw30986

Symptom:

After upgrading fw on BXM card node shows swerr 992.

Conditions:

9.3.3e MF05.

Workaround:

Further Problem Description:

First slot 12 (standby card of aps pair) fw was upgraded from MFP to MF05, Then slot 9 fw was upgraded MFP to MF05, a short while after swerr 992 was Logged (slot 11.3 received invalid LMI packet). Shortly after the swerr was logged Switchyred to 11.

Known Anomalies from Previous Releases

The following is the list of known anomalies from previous releases in this Switch Software delivery. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID   Description 

CSCdt11023

Closed. This was a configuration problem that is no longer an issue in the customer's network.

CSCdu02451

Closed. Issues in this bug are being tracked under CSCdw15039, CSCdw15054, CSCdw15064 and CSCdw15075.

CSCdu21187

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdu32186

Closed as a duplicate of CSCdv01544 which is fixed in 9.3.35

CSCdu36770

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdu51084

Closed. This problem is caused by a hardware failure.

CSCdu55802

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdu70637

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdu73638

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdu76163

Closed as a duplicate of CSCdv12776 which was fixed in 9.3.30.

CSCdu77043

Fixed in 9.3.30

CSCdu85702

Fixed in 9.3.30

CSCdu88771

The ddcuse command was obsolete and has been removed. See CSCdv24220.

CSCdv01544

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv01967

Closed as a duplicate of CSCdt17271 which is closed.

CSCdv03293

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv04095

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv08233

Fixed in 9.3.35

CSCdv13914

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv16069

Fixed in 9.3.35

CSCdv17884

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv18027

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv24166

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv24220

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv24530

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv24685

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv25544

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv25557

Closed as this problem occurred only once and could not be reproduced at the customer's site or our labs.

CSCdv27309

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv27346

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv28457

Closed as this was a non-standard way of burning firmware.

CSCdv31539

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv31936

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv32466

It was fixed in BXM firmware MFP.

CSCdv35146

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv35387

This problem could not be reproduced and the ddts was closed.

CSCdv37389

This problem could not be reproduced and the ddts was closed.

CSCdv37628

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv42399

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv43983

Fixed in 9.3.35.

CSCdv44412

Fixed in 9.3.35.

Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.35

Bug ID  Description 

CSCdk44173

Symptom:

Incorrect values reported to line diag and line stats when line/trk is in alm.

Conditions:

When line or trunk is in alarm, two different state machines are running, collecting and resetting stats. The end result is that interval, summary and real time counters are smaller than they should be.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

When a line is in alarm, two 0x56 (LINE) stat sample requests are generated. One for LINE_DIAG and the other for STATISTICS.

The problem is that whenever we obtain stats from the card we reset the cards counters, so when both polls are going on simultaneously, they are both only getting part of the information, which causes incorrect statistics and incorrect line diag values.

CSCdk69912

Symptom:

VCQdepth does not conform to configured values.

Conditions:

Frame Relay connections on UFM cards when non-standard Frame Relay parameters are in use on the switch. (via cnfsysparm)

Workaround:

None.

Further Description:

Regardless of the system setting for the use of standard/non-standard FR parameters (via cnfsysparm), the UFM configures the VCQ to 2(be+bc). The SWSW computes the be/bc values internally when the non-standard parameter set is in use.

UFM FW version Y.A.F is also required to fix this issue.

CSCdk77478

Symptom:

Large number of card polls are generated when an SNMP walk is done for connection or port stats, which greatly decreases the amount of IDLE time.

Conditions:

The excessive card polling will be caused when an SNMP walk is done on IGX connection or port stats or on BPX port stats.

Workaround:

None.

Customer Impact:

The customer impact is mainly performance. The system response time will slow down (but not stop) when these requests are occurring. The task that generates these polls is at the same priority as the other user input tasks, so important events such as reroutes, etc. will not be blocked from running.

The main observation will be that the command line interface is not as responsive and idle time drops.

i.e. A test with 1000 UXM connections showed that idle time dropped below 25% for 23 seconds when walking on one SNMP stat (atmClpRxs), and it dropped below 25% for 552 seconds (roughly the amount of time for the command to complete).

Note that these polls are "throttled" by the fact that the SNMP task is at the same priority as the other user interface tasks, so this will not starve out any "important" task (such as reroutes, etc.) and due to user interface timeslicing, it will still allow access from the other user interfaces (tftp, command line interface, etc.)

CSCdm12850

Symptom:

Implementation of the idle time has a defect. idle time can be under-reported or cpu consumption over reported.

Conditions:

In the procedure one_sec_tick, the idle time is taken from Prf_Buffer.intp_pdata[IDLE_PROC].ip_ticks.

The ip_ticks is driven from the tick_int and could be refresh based on the interval parameter set in cnfprfparm (default is 20 sec). This cutting time does not align with the time used by one_sec_tick. This results in idle time being under-reported or cpu consumption over reported.

Workaround:

Configure 20 sec interval using cnfprfparm.

Further Problem Description:

There is a race condition when idle tick got cleared in re_profile.c and One sec interrupt routine result in using wrong idle tick count.

CSCdm60699

Symptom:

Port configured for Annex_D LMI and Async updates will send async updates showing a PVC is active when the PVC's VCQ fills to aprox 75%, and reduces to 25%.

Conditions:

No relevant conditions are required in the network to see this problem other than the connections VCQ filling. The problem was noticed after the customer started a programme to reduce the size of connection VCQ's. It can cause Bay router DLCI's to lock up. The only way to restore the Bay DLCI is to either DOWN and UP the PVC, or reset the Bay DLCI.

Workaround:

Customer can switch Async Updates off, however this does prevent the CPE from detecting a change in PVC status until a full status is sent by the switch. Customer can try to make sure the VCQ does not reach 75% by using foresight, and making sure there is enough bandwidth in the network to prevent congestion.

If Async Updates must be left enabled, the following step can reduce the amount of Async Updates caused by exceeding the RNR Thld:

This workaround measure will reduce the amount of Async Updates due to reaching the RNR: 1) temporarily configure the port to Stratum LMI 2) change Upper RNR Threshold to 100% [leave lower RNR Threshold as is]. 3) change the port back to the other LMI [such as Annex D].

This will force the VCQ level to be at 100% before an Async update is sent due to exceeding this level.

Further Problem Description:

The Async Update is sent because the VCQ level exceeded the Upper RNR Thld [as shown on the 'cnfport' screen]. Once the upper RNR thld is reached, when the VCQ level falls below the Lower RNR Thld, another Async Update is sent. The default Upper/Lower RNR Thld is 75%/25%.

CSCdm75577

Symptom:

Traffic gets 100% discarded when con is added thro' SV+ with IGX as master. The con is between UFM-C on IGX to BXM on BPX.

Conditions:

Connection is added thro' SV+ with IGX as master.

Workaround:

(1) Add the connection thro' CLI from IGX/BPX side. ^^^ (2) Add the connection thro' SV+ with BPX as MASTER.

(3) For existing NON-WORKING connections:

DO THE FOLLOWING THREE STEPS ON BPX

Step1: Using cnfcon cmd configure the Vc_Q value ALONE to some value DIFFERENT from the current value(on BPX). Step2: Again using cnfcon cmd configure the Vc_Q value ALONE to original Value(on BPX).

Repeat the above two steps for all the connections.

Step3: Now reset BXM card on BPX(CMD:resetcd <BXM_SLOT_NUM> h).

CSCdp04164

Symptom:

When IGX DC voltage is greater that 56V, an alarm is generated and fills the event log.

Clear DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:19:11 Minor DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:19:06 Clear DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:18:56 Minor DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:18:51 Clear DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:18:26 Minor DC Voltage Alarm 05/11/99 15:18:21

Conditions:

There could be a genuine power supply problem.

Some customers have DC powered IGXs with Batteries. The batteries are constantly being charged at 57.5 Volts which is 1.5V higher than the current IGX input monitor trip level. This causes an error message to be displayed, but does not cause system malfunction.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr64816

Symptom:

The voiceEndptTable returns offHook for all channels. This is seen even if the correct status is displayed in the 'dspconst' command on the switch.

Conditions:

Observed in IGX SWSW 9.1.11.

Workaround:

No workaround available at this time.

Further Problem Description:

No further information.

CSCds32831

Symptom:

dsptrkstats on downed BNI card produced a software log 8096. This is a benign software log entry and can be ignored.

Conditions:

BNI card in down state on which a trunk is configured.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

None.

CSCds37220

Symptom:

When a trunk with APS is looped or is experiencing SF or SD alarms is present and a switchcc occurs, the status of the standby APS line becomes "APS Deactivated". This is just a display issue. Traffic is unaffected.

Conditions:

None.

Workaround:

When the alarm is cleared or the loop is deleted, the standby APS line status is updated correctly.

CSCds80403

Symptom:

Communication failure(s) and Looped back alarms are getting cleared after hitless rebuild.

Conditions:

This will occur only when 1) Communication failure(s), Looped back alarms exists and hitless rebuild occurs.

This will occur only on IGX platform.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds86393

Symptom:

cderrors record wraparound function does not work in IGX and BPX.

Conditions:

This occurs when the cderrors record wraparound function is enabled using cnffunc.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt19038

Symptom:

Trunk or line will fail if we delete APS line redundancy, when the Protected line is active line.

Conditions:

Only if the protected line is active.

Workaround:

Don't delete the APS line redundancy.

CSCdt72052

Symptom:

UVM card did not initialize the signalling to default causing calls to fail. Upon executing cnfxmtsig and cnfrcvsig for the connection on UVM card it displays? for signalling (i.e: R/TxAbit, R/TxBbit, R/TxCbit and R/TxDbit).

Conditions:

When a UVM card is first inserted, all its lines are initialized for voice channels and we set all the various voice channel related parameters viz. Signaling Qualifiers etc. for each line. However, when a line is downed, all the data structures are cleaned and all channels' configuration is defaulted to the uni data type channels.

Workaround:

Manually configure TX and Rx bits for appropriate signalling type using cnfxmtsig/ cnfrcvsig.

CSCdu00161

Symptom:

Connection statistics displayed with dspchstathist are incorrect. The values displayed may be 5-10% larger than expected for the sample interval.

Conditions:

None. Occurs on any connection with any VC sample interval.

Workaround:

None.

Further Problem Description:

This defect was introduced in 9.2.31 and 9.3.0 as a result of the solution to CSCdp69003. This can cause statistics in the TFTP statistic file to have the same value for 2 consecutive samples.

CSCdu11536

Symptom:

APS active line gets "Loss of Frm (RED)" message.

Conditions:

switchover AXSM then BXM sides.

Workaround:

1. Swithover BXM first. Wait for previously Active card to come to Standby state. (Let the switchover be complete and Both cards running as redundancy pair) then do AXSM/B Swithover or 2. Swithover AXSM First, Wait for previously Active card to come to Standby state. (Let the switchover be complete and Both cards running as redundancy pair) the BXM switchover.

* delapsln on BPX the read APS line.

CSCdu21187

Symptom:

When a controller card switch over occurs on a BPX, attached feeders experiences a communications failure and connections terminating on the feeder enter A-bit alarm.

Conditions:

This problem can occur when the BPX has a large number of connections, e.g. 16k connections, and the attached feeder has the default LMI configuration.

This problem can also occur when there are smaller numbers of BPX connections and the attached feeder has the LMI configuration set smaller than the default.

Workaround:

Configure the feeder has the LMI parameters (T393, T394, N394, N395) bigger than default values.

Further Problem Description:

The root cause of this problem is that when a controller card switch over occurs on the BPX, it takes 60+ seconds before the BPX can start responding to LMI messages. If the attached feeder declares an LMI failure before the BPX can start to respond, then its connections are placed into A-bit failure.

CSCdu36770

Symptom:

1. 9.2.00

May experience route failure.

2. 9.3.30

A. only 7 routes running concurrently

The CLI command [dsprrst] is showing extremely large values for the fields:

Max Secs To Perform Route Avg Secs To Perform Route, and Avg Secs To Route a Conn

The CLI command [dsprrst t] is showing an extremely large value for the field: "E"

B. The 8th route allocates a master route

This is a relatively rare as it is hard for a node to reach real 8 routing concurrency.

The routing timer system will pause a while or for a very long time.

Conditions:

9.2.00 - cost base routing (cbrt) is on - unknown routing failures.

9.3.00 1) cost based routine is enabled 2) master concurrency could reach to 2 .

Workaround:

9.2.00 - turn off cbrt

9.3.00 - turn off cbrt - or limit the concurrency level to 7 to prevent breaking the routing timer system.

Further Problem Description:

More info on 93z with concurrent routing:

1. Setup three nodes Network:

Node A ----------- Node B | | |-------------- Node C

2. Add one connection from A ---> B Add one connection from A ---> C.

3. turn on cost base routing using cnfcmparm and set concurrency level to 8.

4. rrtcon * repeatedly on node A.

5. dsprrst shows hugh routing time.

The big number happens when:

a. routing instance 1 ..... in the middle of routing b. routing instance 0 ..... start a new route

Process by routing instance 0 during cost base routing overwritten the start time of routing instance 0 and make the stats measurement inaccurate.

If it is routing instance 7 that do the process, the impact is not on cost based routing stats, but on the reroute timers variables, which will corrupt the routing timer system.

Note: The problem does not happen in 9.1.

CSCdu38022

Symptom:

IGX commands cnffrcls and cnfcon allow user to configure ECN threshold to be greater than VCQ depth.

Conditions:

Observed in IGX 9.2.35. Problem is not related to any traffic conditions. Problem occurs when incomplete set of parameters are specified in cnffrcls.

Workaround:

Specify complete set of parameters in cnffrcls.

CSCdu46642

Symptom:

UXM E1/T1 IMA trunks do not have the correct allocation of DS0s after a trunk reconfiguration.

Example: For an IMA group consisting of 2 E1 trunks the no. of DS0s should be 59. This is correct when the trunk is added, but after reconfigurations, the no. of DS0s becomes 58.

Conditions:

A trunk reconfiguration must have been attempted. If the trunk receive rate is reduced from the default value, reconfiguring back to default causes a loss of one DS0.

Workaround:

1. Prevention: Avoiding change of trunk receive rate for IMA trunks. When the trunk is added, it comes up with the correct and default values of DS0s for the receive rate, and stays correct till the receive rate is reconfigured back to default from a lower value. 2. Increase statistical reserve to re-route connections on the affected trunk. Delete and re-add trunk which would restore the correct number of DS0s.

Further Problem Description:

Nil.

CSCdu50924

Symptom:

Random failure of cons all over the network. No trunk or line failures reported. It took approximately 15 minutes to reroute.

Conditions:

Ver large size of network more than hundred bpx nodes Provisioning, and ever increasing size of network cnfprefroute was being run (some of them over failed trunks) cnfcmparm parm 15 was set from 10 to 4 and cnfcmparm parm 9 was set from 2 to 900.

Workaround:

Restored the cnfcmparm parameter 9 from 900 to 2. The random failures of cons stopped.

CSCdu53606

Symptom:

The CLI dspload cannot display loads for particular IMA trunk configuration.

Conditions:

The IMA trunk has a line group composed of discontinuous lines.

Workaround:

Use dspload <trunk no.> to display the detail load for a trunk.

CSCdu54291

Symptom:

The CLI dsptrks shows the feeder trunk is Clear and the Other End info even that feeder trunk has been deleted on BPX side.

Conditions:

It happens on all IGX releases which support "Interface Shelf" feature. This problem can be observed for two kinds of operation/configuration:

1. The IGX node has connections terminated on a feeder trunk, but BPX node does not have any connection terminated on that feeder trunk, and the feeder trunk is deleted on BPX.

2. The feeder trunk cable is removed temporally and that feeder trunk is deleted on BPX, then the cable is pull back.

Workaround:

When the CLI dsptrks shows the unmatching feeder trunk info, e.g. on the BPX node it shows no shelf, but on IGX node it shows the shelf is added, other CLIs dspnode and dpslog must be executed on IGX to verify the BPX node is UNREACHABLE and the feeder trunk had Comm Fail logged.

After the unmatching feeder trunk info is observed by CLI dsptrks, you can delete the feed trunk using following steps: 1. addshelf on BPX 2. delete all connections on IGX 3. delshelf on BPX.

CSCdu55802

Symptom:

If we do a rebuild on a BPX node with firmware image present in its PCC space, after rebuild dspfwrev shows "Configuration image present". This is incorrect. 'dspcnf' screen shows correct message "Reserved for firmware image"

Conditions:

Do a rebuild(resetcd <Active BCC card>) when a FW image is present in BCC.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdu55966

Symptom:

Every 10 seconds a software error 111 or 190 is logged.

Conditions:

This occurs when running internal test software 9.3.3T software or later and you have: - a BXM-OC3-8 card with all 8 interfaces up, or - a T3/E3 card with 8 interfaces up and all T3/E3 stats enabled.

This will occur in existing customer shipped software if you have: - a BXM-T3/E3 card with 9 or more interface up and all T3/E3 stats enabled.

Workaround:

Down interfaces on the card, - or use the [off2] command to disable line statistics polling (line stat sampling). - or disable some of the T3/E3 statistics.

Note that if disabling line stats polling, statistics will not work on lines and trunks. This is all statistics, the summary stats viewable via dsptrkstats, some dspportstats, the user interval stats viewable via dsplnstathist, dspphyslnstathist, dsptrkstathist, tftp stats reported to the CWM as well as any SNMP RTC stats related to lines or trunks, all will be stopped by disabling this stat polling.

Moreover, auto statistics which are used for statistical alarms will also stop.

CSCdu70637

Symptom:

The [rrtinf inprog] output cannot be used for debug output because ascii text screen snapshots do not show reverse video, and the command uses reverse video to identify trunks that are "valid".

Conditions:

This is only a problem if trying to do screen captures of the [rrinf inprog] command.

Workaround:

When doing the screen capture, we must manually note which trunks are valid, we cannot rely solely on the screen dump.

CSCdu73638

Symptom:

Get the following error message when trying to add/mod connections to/on a FAIL IMA port on an IGX node using SNMP.

SET AtmEndptTable Row 65535 (CREATE) Invalid port speed of zero

Cannot change BW resource on a FAIL IMA port using the "cnfrsrc" command. Get the following error message.

"No IMA line is available, please exit and try later"

Conditions:

This problem occurs when all physical lines within the IMA port fail.

Workaround:

Use the CLI command "addcon"/"cnfcon" to add/mod connections, or fix at least one of the lines within the IMA port.

CSCdu88501

Symptom:

Software Error 925 logged and filled up the log entries when switchcc. The slot has a UVM Card.

Conditions:

switchcc performed.

Workaround:

Use line 1 for inserting line instead of line 2.

Further Problem Description:

This problem happens only on pass-through configuration on UVM. And only happens when the inserting line is in line 2 and line 1 on the same UVM card is NOT up or active. The swerr 925 was logged against INACTIVE lines on line 1 so this is informational and NOT service impacting. The only bad thing about it is the software errors fill up the log entries and other errors may not be seen.

rn1igx01 TN StrataCom IGX 8430 9.2.33 Aug. 10 2001 21:23 EST

LN 10.2 Config T1/24 UVM slot:10 Loop clock: No Line framing: ESF Line coding: B8ZS Line encoding: u-LAW Line T1 signalling: CCS Line cable type: ABAM Line length: 0-133 ft. Line 56KBS Bit Pos: msb Line pct fast modem: 20 Line cnfg: Inserting Line cnf slot.line: 11.1 Line CAS-Switching: Off Line SVC-Caching: Off

Last Command: dsplncnf 10.2

This Command: dsplncnf 10.1

Line is not upped Enter line number:

SW

CSCdv01544

Symptom:

The engineering level CLI command [rrtinf inprog] is showing a "blank" screen where only the 2 header lines are displayed.

Conditions:

This problem occurs when there are more than 7 trunks. Execute "rrtinf inprog" after the trunks are upped.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv03293

Symptom:

The "dspcurclk" cli shows an incorrect Local Clock Format as OC12 even when the clock source is a line interface of type OC3.

Conditions:

When a BPX node is configured with a line of type OC3 as primary clock source (cnfclksrc L ,line no,p),the corresponding display (dspcurclk) indicates the "Local Clock Format " as OC12 instead of OC3.This problem is associated with BXM cards and occurs with all types of BXM lines (BXM-T3,BXM-E3 & BXM-OC3)

Workaround:

The "dspcds" command can be invoked to ascertain the actual line type of the clock source. ----

CSCdv03428

Symptom:

A snmpwalk on the following objects gives wrong values. sonetIfType slotFrontQueue slotFrontLnFormat slotFrontChCount slotBackLnFormat slotBackSonetMode slotCardTrunkPorts.

Conditions:

This problem occurs if we have two cards in a Y-Red pair and the secondary card is replaced with a card that has a different parameter value for the above mentioned objects. In this case a snmpwalk on these objects would return the value for the Primary card instead of the physical card in question.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv04095

Symptom:

Software error 26 is observed when a mib walk is done on the BPX node when a card is down.

Conditions:

This defect occurs when there is a card with a T3/E3 interface with lines or trunks configured on it and a mib walk is done on the ds3LineType object when this card is down.

Workaround:

Once the card is up, this swerr will not be logged.

CSCdv08233

Symptom:

User is unable to access LAN gateway node without using hipri login. The node may experience resource aborts (3000000, 1000, or 52). The dspprf displays show very high real-time utilization in the NETW and PNAD processes, and memory accumulation in the PROT processes.

Conditions:

A very high rate of IP traffic from the LAN.

Workaround:

1. Determine the source of the IP traffic and reduce or eliminate the traffic. 2. Use routers to limit the flow of IP traffic from the LAN to the switch.

CSCdv13914

Symptom:

When using dspconcnf, shows EPD threshold as EDP.

Conditions:

9.3.3V swsw MF21 BXM fw.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv15863

Symptom:

The SNMP agent does not default XLMI's control VC to 3.31 or atmPortMgmtProtoOnCard (Protocol By Card) to "enable".

Conditions:

This problem only happens when setting up the XLMI protocol via SNMP.

Workaround:

If X-LMI is selected as the protocol, set the control VC to 3.31 and enable Protocol By Card.

atmPortLmiVpi 3 atmPortLmiVci 31 atmPortMgmtProtoOnCard 1(enable).

CSCdv16069

Symptom:

Line functions listed below accept feeder trunks as input causing error or aborts while they should be rejecting and displaying an appropriate error message. Symptoms although a little different are present in both 9.3 and 9.2 releases.

These line functions are

1.clrlnalm 8.cnfclksrc 15.dsplnstathist 2.cnflnparm 9.clrclkalm 16.cnflnstats 3.dnln 10.cnflne3trail 4.dsplncnf 11.upln 5.dspstrec 12.simstatalms 6.cnfln 13.clrlnerrs 7.addjobtrig.14.dsplnstatcnf

As an example:

9.3 releases: cnfln on a feeder trunk returns software error 925 (invalid logical number.)

9.2 releases: cnfln on a feeder trunk causes a random line configuration to be displayed and modified incorrectly.

Conditions:

The line functions listed above are not supposed to be run with feeder trunk values.However when run, they will cause errors and aborts as described above.

Workaround:

Do not run the above line functions on a feeder trunk.

CSCdv17884

Symptom:

The command cnfrrcpu is a super user command and belongs to connection help group.

Conditions:

help command.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv18027

Symptom:

Login stalls for 30 seconds or more.

Conditions:

This problem can occur when: 1) you are logging on as Corporate (Stratacom or Cisco), and 2) you are logging on via a telnet session, and 3) you have a switch with redundant controller cards, and

4) you have just lanbtld'd a new image and attempt to login via telnet, or

5) you have just reset (done a full rebuild) on the active controller card and attempt to login via telnet.

Workaround:

You must wait for the command to continue, or wait for a minute or so before logging on via the telnet session.

CSCdv19128

Symptom:

The NTM subrate trunk could not be configured to a rate of 2048 kpbs.

The maximum rate is 1920 Kbps.

Conditions:

None.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv24166

Symptom:

The F4-F5 mapping channels are allowed to go above the 32768 AutoRoute channel limit. AutoRoute channels are the sum of the Networking, PVC, VSI management, and F4-F5 channels. When all 32768 AutoRoute channels are used on a slot, there should be no more available channels to enable F4-F5 mapping or to add connections that would require F4-F5 channels on that slot. The problem here is that even this limit has been reached on a 60K LCN BXM card, the F4-F5 port enabling and F4-F5 connection addition are still allowed the slot. The following example screen shows that the "used" AutoRoute channels (32773) on the slot are over the 32768 limit.

magneto TRM Cisco BPX 8620 9.3.3Z Date/Time Not Set

Channel Management Summary for Slot 2

max used avail netw pvc cnfg f4-f5 vsi mgmt vsi cnf

card 2: 61376 32773 28603 813 31940 20 0 0 port grp 1: 32736 8135 24601 271 7844 20 0 0 port grp 2: 32736 24638 8098 542 24096 0 0 0

pvc cnfg pvc used nw used f4-f5 vsi mgmt vsi min vsi max

phy if 1: 7844 20 0 20 0 --- --- phy port: 7844 20 0 20 phy if 2: 0 0 271 0 0 --- --- phy trk: 0 0 --- phy if 3: 24096 0 271 0 0 --- ---

Last Command: dspchuse 2

This problem does not have service impacting effects because F4-F5 channels can actually go above the 32K limit. However, it was limited to 32K due to design reasons. When F4-F5 channels go above the 32K limit, it just means that there are less channels available for VSI.

Conditions:

This problem happens on the 60K LCN BXM card with two port groups. The conditions for this to happen are:

- All the 32768 AutoRoute channels are used on the slot but there are still AutoRoute channels available on one or more port groups.

- The F4-F5 mapping is enabled on or connections are being added to a port that will use more than the available F4-F5 AutoRoute channels on the slot.

- There are still enough available AutoRoute channels on the port group for the newly required F4-F5 channels.

This problem does not happen on the 60K LCN BXM card with one port group.

Workaround:

Do not enable any more F4-F5 mapping or add any connections that would require additional F4-F5 channels when the number of used AutoRoute channels has reached the limit of 32768.

If it is necessary to use more F4-F5 channels on the slot that has reached the limit, reduce the other AutoRoute channels (i.e. PVC, Networking, and VSI management) on the slot.

CSCdv24220

Symptom:

ddcuse command does not display anything.

Conditions:

When the "ddcuse" command is issued.

Workaround:

Ignore this command.

CSCdv24530

Symptom:

The sum of the configured PVC Maximum and VSI Maximum Bandwidths are greater than the available bandwidth on an IMA port/trunk.

Conditions:

This occurs when the number of IMA retained links are reduced such that the sum of retained link bandwidths is less than that of the configured PVC and VSI maximum bandwidths.

Workaround:

Reduce the PVC and VSI Maximum bandwidths before reducing the number of IMA retained links. This can be done using the command "cnfrsrc".

CSCdv24685

Symptom:

XLMI Support: The active secondary BXM card in the yred pair loses its support for XLMI.

and/or

Enhanced-OAM Support: The active secondary BXM card in the yred pair loses its support for O.151 OAM.

Conditions:

The following steps will lead to the error state(s) described above:

1. Both BXM cards in the yred pair support XLMI and/or Enhanced-OAM. 2. XLMI is enabled on at least one port on the card and/or O.151 OAM is enabled on the card. 3. The primary card is active and the secondary card is standby. 4. Switchyred so the secondary is now active, the primary becomes the standby card. 5. Replace the standby card (the primary card) with a card that does not support the XLMI and/or Enhanced-OAM features. 6. The primary card is in mismatch state due to XLMI and/or Enhanced-OAM incompatibility. 7. The active secondary card loses its support for XLMI and/or O.151 OAM.

Workaround:

1. Do not use cards with incompatible XLMI and/or Enhanced-OAM capability.

2. If the mismatch already happened, replace the "mismatch" card with a card that supports the XLMI and/or Enhanced-OAM features.

CSCdv25544

Symptom:

The BXM card is in a mismatch state. A dspcd does not show any mismatch reason even though the card is in a mismatch state.

Conditions:

This problem occurs when one or more ports on a BXM that supports the X-LMI feature, have Protocol configured as X-LMI and this BXM card is replaced with another BXM that does not support this feature.

Card support can be verified by doing a dspcd and looking for "XL" in the support fields.

Workaround:

To determine whether this is a X-LMI feature mismatch, verify that the card does not support X-LMI by doing a dspcd and then verify if any port on that card has protocol configured as X-LMI by doing a dspport.

CSCdv26618

Symptom:

User has HDM-HDM connections in a 9.2.36 network. On the preferred route, IGX-BPX-BPX-IGX, the connections are fine. On an alternate route, IGX-IGX- BPX-IGX, the connections lose sync. No errors are seen on the IGX or BPX nodes.

In our investigation, we observed a "phantom" trunk in the dtrkcnfg display and believe this is related to (if not the cause) of the problem.

The main problem is that the dtrkcnfg command does not show whether the trunk is active or not.

Conditions:

Every time a dtrkcnfg or dtrkcnfg x command is issued.

Workaround:

None - other than not allowing the connections to route over an IGX-IGX trunk.

Further Problem Description:

SWSW - 9.2.36 NPM cards using "S" boot UXM cards using ABK firmware HDM cards using SCF firmware.

CSCdv27309

Symptom:

When a user adds a prefer path to a connection that has an active reroute timer, the connection is not selected for routing until the timer expired. The user may think it is a bug if the timer is set to 15 mins.

Conditions:

cnfcmparm option 9 is greater than 0 (more obvious if set to 15 mins). - the connection is routed - cnfpref adds pref path to the connection.

Workaround:

rrtcon the connection or use cnfcmparm option 9 to set the timer to 0.

Further Problem Description:

This is not a bug but the behavior is not desirable.

CSCdv27346

Symptom:

swerr 9082 is logged when a tstconseg or a tstpingoam is done.

Conditions:

This error is occurs when tstconseg or tstpingoam is performed for a connection on a y-red card pair, where the standby does not support the "OAM-E" functionality.

Workaround:

None. Ignore the swerr.

CSCdv30438

Symptom:

After switchyred on BXMs, CWM server could not ping AXIS feeders using the inband network ip. As a result, CWM could not monitor non configure the AXIS feeders.

Conditions:

BPX9311, BXM MFL, CWM 10.4.01, AXIS 5.0.15 - BPX adds yred trunk after the feeder is added. - The feeder trunk lmi protocol is provision as running on card (using cnftrk).

Workaround:

There are several options: - 1. does a hitless rebuild or - 2. does a full rebuild or - 3. delete the feeder node and readded it or - 4. delete the yred trunk, configure the trunk not to run on card, add back the yred trunk, change the trunk config lmi protocol back to run on card.

CSCdv31539

Symptom:

X-LMI neighbor information disappears along with the ILMI neighbor information.

Conditions:

1. X-LMI and ILMI are enabled on the ports on the same BXM logical card. The card may be stand-alone or Y-RED. 2. Replacing the card (or one of the cards in the YRED pair) with one that doesn't support ILMI Neighbor Discovery and X-LMI. 3. Per design, no mismatch will be declared for ILMI Neighbor Discovery so all ILMI Neighbor Discovery data (the neighbor information and the Advertise Interface Information parameter in the port database) will be cleared. 4. The X-LMI information is also cleared as a side effect of 3.

Workaround:

Put the original card back in or burn new firmware (which supports both ILMI and X-LMI Neighbor Discovery) onto the new card. Configure all X-LMI ports on the card to re-enable Advertise Interface Information.

CSCdv31936

Symptom:

VP-Tunneling connection addition fails with the message, "Local channel unavailable".

Conditions:

The message is logged when the user attempts to add a VP tunneling connection with the VPC endpoint as master, and the slave VCC endpoint uses the same VPI as another (VCC) connection on the slave port.

Workaround:

Add the tunneling connection using the VCC endpoint as master:

CSCdv35146

Symptom:

2 minute data hit occured after issuing a switchyred on a BXM.

Conditions:

Running switched software 9.3.3Z Running BXM FW: MF21 or MF25

After burn of BXM fw or resetting the secondary BXM card in the y-red pair, then do switchyred, the feeder trunk has YEL alarm and Comm Fail. But it will recover after around 2 mins.

Workaround:

Before issuing a switchyred check the event log [dsplog] and ensure that at least 5 minutes has passed since the secondary card was reset.

Further Problem Description:

The data hit is occurring because the secondary card is still being programmed and then we switch to it. Those channels that are still being programmed will take a data hit.

Under some circumstances the secondary card will be marked as being programmed (as seen from the [dspcd] screen) and a switchyred is blocked automatically. However, when the secondary card has just finished burning new FW or has been reset then this automatic blocking is not being done.

CSCdv36176

Symptom:

Service impating commands are allowed to be run on the standby controller card. There is no indication via VT that we are logged on to the standby CC.

Conditions:

Switched software: 9.3.30.

VT to standby controller card and execute any service impacting command.

Then exit the standby CC and execute a switchcc, service impacting commands that were buffered on the old stbybcc will now be executed, but not necessarily in their entity, which can result in unsynchronized databases.

Workaround:

When invoking commands via a [vt] session, pay close attention to where you have [vt]'d to, and do not invoke service impacting commands when you have [vt]'d to the standby CC.

CSCdv37628

Symptom:

The following events are logged during a switchcc. 1.Polling type changed to 2 2.Polling type changed to 1.

Conditions:

This occurs when we have BXM and non-BXM cards in a node and a switchcc is done. The controller card is BCC4.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv40684

Symptom:

dsplmistats or dspnebdisc does not display whether XLMI is up or down. Also BPX does not have any counters for XLMI node status messages.

Conditions:

9.3.30 MF27.

Workaround:

Further Problem Description:

dsplmistats has counters for status enquiry and response but no counter for node status enquiry messages and node status enquiry ack's. dsplmistats or dspnebdisc does not display whether XLMI is up or down.

CSCdv43983

Symptom:

Switchyred job does not work when VSI is active on BXM.

Conditions:

Run switchyred job.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv44412

Symptom:

Cannot configure stats level 0 on standby card after upgrading swsw.

Conditions:

9.3.30 mf21, mf25.

After upgrading from 9.2.32 to 9.3.3Z (BXM fw already at MF27), BXM pair is aps, try to cnfcdparm 12 stat level from 2 to 0 you receive this error message Standby Slot does not support HOT STANDBY functionality.

However, if you try the same thing with the active card Slot 11, node allows you to change.

Then, replace BXM pair with two new cards and you are now able to change from stat level 2 to 0 on both the standby and active card.

Workaround:

1) Remove the standby card and place in some other empty slot 2) Configure the stat level in the new, non-yred slot 3) Replace the card into the y-red standby slot 4) Wait until the card comes up fully as a standby, and has completed its programming. 5) Switch to the standby card that has the modified stat level 6) Remove the new standby card and place in some other empty slot 7) Repeat steps 2-3 on the next card.

CSCdv57337

Symptom:

The node aborts with software error 1000003 when running the cnfport command in syntax mode (addjob/editjob) and the command is waiting for the user to enter the card type.

Conditions:

For 9.3:

This problem only happens when running the cnfport command in syntax mode (addjob/editjob) and the command is waiting for the user to enter the CARD TYPE. It happens when using the Console port connection, not for telnet and VT session.

For 9.2:

This problem only happens when running the cnfport command in syntax mode (addjob/editjob) and the command is waiting for the user to enter the PORT NUMBER. It happens when using the Console port connection, not for telnet and VT session.

Workaround:

Provide the port identifier and card type at the prompt for "Enter Cmd".

e.g. Enter Cmd: cnfport 6.2 AC3

The valid card types are AE3, AT3, AC3, and MNC.

CSCdv58824

Symptom:

When only one NTM card support SR2048, addyred does not sync up the logical slot attribute of SR2048. Delyred does not restore the logical attribute of SR2048.

Conditions:

-addyred Correct scenario after addyred.

sr2048 sr2048 sr2048 sr2048 pri phy 0 1 1 0 sec phy 1 0 1 0 logical slot 0 (1) 1 0

() shows error in sync up. Note: logical slot is always correspond to the primary yred slot.

- delyred Correct scenario after delyred.

sr2048 sr2048 sr2048 sr2048 log slot 0 0 1 0

pri phy 0 1 1 0 sec phy 1 0 1 0

After delyred: log pri phy 0 (l) 1 0 log sec phy 1 0 1 0

() error in sync up. The card is already in mismatch, delyred to remove it.

Workaround:

Do a hard reset on the corresponding card (resetcd <slot> h) to sync up the logical attribute.

CSCdv59751

Symptom:

dsptrkutl on a feeder trunk doesn't showing correct any feeder connection.

Conditions:

9.3.3z FW=MJ10

Workaround:

Use dspchuse xx to # of conn.

CSCdv68534

Symptom:

The following events are logged during a switchcc on a BPX node 1. LM-BXM inserted event. 2. Y-Redundancy Alarm event.

Conditions:

Both BXM cards of the Y-Red pair are in Standby State.

Workaround:

None. Ignore these events.

Please note that for the case of Y-red (APS1+1) configuration, where one card is active and another is standby, after switchcc, if the standby BXM returned the 0x58 msg (back card configuration) later than the active BXM, then SWSW will force the standby card go through the card insertion. This forced card insertion will guarantee that the standby gets all configuration reprogrammed. Hence the event log would show LM-BXM inserted and Y-redundancy alarm events in this case.

CSCdv70413

Symptom:

X-LMI port communication failure causes the remote end connections to go in alarms after switchcc/rebuild.

Conditions:

This problem only happens when the X-LMI port was already in communication failure before switchcc/rebuild.

Workaround:

There isn't any workaround. The most practical solution is to fix the port communication failure before switchcc/rebuild.

CSCdv70803

Symptom:

swerr 1128 is logged when there is Comm Bus Fail.

Conditions:

It was found when the customer was doing the Comm Bus Testing:

1. After issuing "failbus 4" 8 times, the active Comm Bus will be failed. The BPX node will go to the degrade mode.

2. Doing switchcc to force the BCC switched over, the Comm Bus Fail will remain on the standby Bus.

3. Doing switchcc again, the Comm Bus Fail will move to the active Bus. Before The Comm Bus Fail clear, issuing dspbuses will cause swerr 1128.

Workaround:

After the Comm Bus Fail clear, issuing dspbuses will not cause swerr 1128.

CSCdv74130

Symptom:

ASM card on BPX shows Power out of range alarm.

Conditions:

Mean voltage is 48V. Default voltage deviation allowed is 6V. Thus When Voltage exceeds 54V power alarm is generated.

Workaround:

Use cnfasm command and increase the voltage deviation range (currently in all pre 9.3.35 releases the default value 6V) for appropriate power source (index 2 or 3) The above default value will be changed to 10V for release >= 9.3.35 and hence you wont see this alarm anymore till 58V.

CSCdv75008

Symptom:

The following symptoms are all related to this defect:

- Non-dax connections added on a feeder in communication failure are conditioned even when the Deferred conn alarm gen feature is active on the feeder.

Conditions:

The following conditions are needed for this problem to occur.

1) An LMI feeder is in comm fail.

2) Deferred conn alarm gen feature is active on the feeder (data is intact).

3) A new non - dax connection is added on the feeder.

Customer Impact:

The new connection is conditioned (alarms are generated) at the remote end even though the data flow is intact.

Workaround:

Issue an addfdrlp on the feeder to temporarily clear the comm fail. This clears the alarms for the connections. Delete the feeder loop now and if the feature is enabled, and data is flowing, alarms will not be generated for any of the connections (including the newly added connection).

CSCdv77061

Symptom:

X-LMI port communication failure not causing AIS and Abit to be generated at the remote end of the connections.

Conditions:

The BXM X-LMI port is experiencing port communication failure and there is no hard failure on the interface, AIS and Abit are not generated at the remote end of the connections.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv78268

Symptom:

"cnftrkparm <trk> 30 2828" is rejected even though the original value is retained in the command.

Conditions:

Nothing specific.

Workaround:

Do not modify tx NTS queue depth.

CSCdv78530

Symptom:

The following symptoms are all related to this defect:

Connections on a feeder in communication failure are not conditioned when the Deferred conn alarm gen feature is active on the feeder.

Conditions:

The following conditions are needed for this problem to occur.

1) An LMI feeder is in comm fail.

2) Deferred conn alarm gen feature is active on the feeder (data is intact).

3) LMI protocol is run on the card.

4) Data continuity cannot be validated, or Line sampling state machine is turned OFF or a hard failure occurs.

This should cause the Deferred conn alarm gen feature to get deactivated and condition the connections. However, this does not happen if the protocol is running on the card.

Customer Impact:

The connections are not conditioned in case of real failure on the feeder trunk.

Workaround:

Run the protocol on the BCC or disable the Deferred conn alarm gen feature.

CSCdv81030

Symptom:

Executing the "dspcurclk" command on a BPX node causes software errors 532, 26, and 539.

Conditions:

This happens when the current clock source is of trunk type.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv87061

Symptom:

Wrong field is getting sent for payload scramble in CWM CLINE object robust mesg.

Conditions:

This occurs for E3/OC3/OC12 interfaces BEFORE cnfln command is used.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv88708

Symptom:

SW err 45 was observed when a switchcc was done on the BPX with some VSI partitions enabled.

Conditions:

The BPX had VSI partitions enabled on a BXM card on 2 trunks.

Workaround:

Have the partions reconfigured, so that the available lcns on the BXM-E card as seen by the dspchuse command is 2 times the configured vsi lcns.

Further Problem Description:

Comm fail after/rebuild or switchcc:

For a BXM-E card with 64k lcns, after some trunks are activated and added, reconfigure the lcn space to near the higher end of the 32k (or configure the pvc lcns so that all of the lcns are used up to 32k);

A rebuild following this configuration will result in comm-fail of one or more of the trunks, with a swerr 45, indicating that there are no n/w channels available on the card, or the n/w channels couldn't be allocated. (this can be verified by the command 'dspchuse <slot>, in which the n/w channel count will be < 271). If we deactivate this trunk, there will be swerr 1012, indicating that an error is encountered, while freeing up the n/w channels.

This problem exists in 93z images (using BXM-E cards) built between 01/09/19 and 01/11/29 (9.3.31 to pre 9.3.35 (9.3.3e)) and is fixed in 9.3.35(933h).

CSCdv90966

Symptom:

Software errors 384 are logged during the F4-F5 mapping feature enabling process on a port using either the CLI command "cnfport" or the SNMP atmPortTable with the object atmPortF4F5Mapping.

The F4-F5 feature is also not allowed to be enabled when the software errors are logged.

Conditions:

The LCN numbers of any connections on the port is greater than 16000.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdw00642

Symptom:

An NTS or voice connection routed over a virtual trunk is programmed with a HUGE delay value as the null timer.

Conditions:

NTS or voice connections originating from IGX node. The route traversal includes a virtual trunk.

Workaround:

Do not use virtual trunk.

Further Problem Description:

Solution to the defect has been identified in the description.

CSCdw16364

Symptom:

Following is the list of some possible symptoms.

1) Trunks cannot be upped.

2) VSI controllers cannot be added.

3) F4-F5 feature cannot be enabled.

Software error 45 is logged.

Slot level Channel allocation for the following is not correct. Channels get allocated beyond the slot level limit, or channel allocation request get rejected even though there are still enough channels on the slot.

+ Networking. + F4-F5. + PVC. + VSI management.

Conditions:

This problem only exists on BXM-E (60K LCN) cards.

Workaround:

None.

Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.30

Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.3.30 Switch Software release. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID   Description 

CSCds26907

BPX returns wrong info about its connection with popeye.

CSCds57049

UFM-4C goes into Active-F when there are 2 or more major line alarms on.

CSCds62123

Echo on CVM-TT connections caused by CSCdp58545 fix.

CSCdt15665

cnfport displays error message but accepts the user input.

CSCdt27698

Using getfwrev when DRAM space is NOT free does not display approp warning.

CSCdt61441

uptrk on VT automatically configures it as PRI clk source.

CSCdt64027

Physical trks on BPX do not default to clk routing trks.

CSCdt71430

swerr 923 on doing dspclksrcs.

CSCdt82310

re-config conn.channels on BNI-OC3 VT limits to aggregate of 3836.

CSCdt97285

strata.mib atmEndptSubType atfst value not documented.

CSCdu17188

dspviacons <node> s does not have correct VLCON count.

CSCdu19452

clrphyslnerrs causes 1M3 Abort on Standby NPM.

CSCdu19879

Connections with preferred routes perm fail when trunk conids set to 0.

CSCdu25641

addcon command from UVM to FTM causes data base corruption on IGX.

CSCdu28559

AXIS traffic dropped when BNI->BXM con added but not BXM->BNI.

CSCdu35456

Very low IDLE Time on CWM gateway node due to robust trunk updates.

CSCdu38022

CLI allows ECN threshold to be greater than VCQ for incomplete set of pa.

CSCdu47810

Need SWSW option to configure UXM/BXM ILMI for number of PVC changes per.

CSCdu49568

1M3 abort upon using addport.

CSCdu54267

Configuring[cnfln] retained links on IMA line causes software error 9081.

CSCdu57647

cbrt fail revert to hop routing problems.

CSCdu59784

dspcon fails to display route cost field.

CSCdu65259

CLI for cnfsct name failures does not give adequate help.

CSCdu68359

abort log cleared after power failure or when (some) new 93 image loaded.

CSCdu70680

SwSw err. 3123 during fall back from 9.3.3U to 9.2.34.

CSCdu75132

Add controller IP to the dspctrlrs screen.

CSCdu77043

UXM IMA trunk fails when adding line to trunk.

CSCdu79084

abort log is not cleared when a clrcnf or clrallcnf is issued.

CSCdu82392

ChState and OE ChState are wrong in dcct display.

CSCdu84135

dcondb: outOfConidLtrk and UpdFail have been written with hugh number.

CSCdu84891

SWERR3120 due to open space calc. using dspospace or SNMP.

CSCdu85702

UXM/BXM card mismatch on upgrading from 9.2.34 - >9.3.3V, causes LOS.

CSCdu85897

swerr 136 logged when a snmpwalk is done for atmEndPtTable on IGX-Fdr.

CSCdu89124

sw error 26 seen after snmp walk when a card was down.

CSCdv03346

switch.m interface atmEndptOeEfciQSize atmEndptEfciQSize inconsistent.

CSCdv03399

Enable cell routing is not part of robust message (SWSW change).

CSCdv10468

addcon with insufficient UBUs causes 1m3 aborts on UVM.

Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.24

Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.3.24 Switch Software release. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID Description

CSCdk48068

Unable to copy UVM FW DCA, DDA & DEC over trunks with getfwrev

CSCdk48180

The bcc card has got WDT reset and logged swerr52 suddenly.

CSCdm12139

Packet_line table not updating Bursty_a_load, Bursty_b_load

CSCdm65231

Unable to add a Frame Relay port on the UFM card set, error message "number of ports and polling rate not compatible, check cnfsysparm" is displayed.

CSCdr25253

The AIS-Path alarm is not seen on a SONET line when an Path AIS is sent to it.

CSCdr51769

dspqbinstats shows negative values

CSCdr55450

Flood of swlog 992 kills ILMI task on BCC making all AXISs unreachable

CSCdr66407

dspchstats may display truncated value for <cmdArg>Avg. CPS<nocmdArg> if cells from port or network exceed 21474836.

CSCdr91680

1000003 abort in SNMP while traversing SVC hash table.

CSCds15146

Incorrect information is being displayed when the output display is cancelled on the dspclksrcs command.

CSCds41674

dsppwr displays incorrect information in 9.1.22

CSCds82820

SWSW err 55 on all nodes running Pre 9.3.1x after Full rebuild/Non graceful upg

CSCds84776

APS 1:1 line experiences a SigDegrade BER alarm that never clears.

CSCdt01430

NWIP traffic is not delivered, other CC traffic is delivered as expected

CSCdt12153

CLI allows ECN threshold to be greater than VCQ depth

CSCdt14450

error 524 on any rebuild or connection conditioning due to LCN conflict

CSCdt24344

BPX command srstats shows field "Stby Bus Errors" continuously incrementing.

CSCdt24454

A Minor Alarm isn't flagged on your screen for a card failure

CSCdt29906

Processing of neighbor discovery updates may corrupt the RAM and BRAM database of the active NPM, as well as leak memory.

CSCdt31369

When user terminates tstber a before it is finished, the next BCC cross point test may log software error 55.

CSCdt35981

UXM-OC3 card fails the line diagnostics loopback test.

CSCdt38696

ILMI is not enabled on URM, and can cause swerr 110, after upcd on URM

CSCdt39873

LMI and ILMI port stats are collected incorrectly when the secondary card of a Y-red pair is active on an IGX.

CSCdt42261

APS 1+1 line experiences a SigDegrade BER alarm that never clears.

CSCdt49018

IGXs experience a 1M3 abort after changing a node number from 39 to any other number.

CSCdt58349

The IGX or BPX node logs a software error 516 or aborts with an error code of 1m3 (1000003).

CSCdt61092

Loop clock parameter not displayed correctly in cnfln and dsplncnf

CSCdt66348

After adding nrt-vbrvp or rt-vbrvp connection IGX logs multiple 1000003 aborts

CSCdt93721

Extra character ("E" and "T") displayed between the "Config" word and the line format in the dsptrk and cnftrk screens.

CSCdt96187

VSI/AR connections fail on a BPX after switchyred.

CSCdu00116

Databroker takes too long to declare sync up (Since it dropped the packet which contains "End of Object" Message).

CSCdu05864

swerr 9000 occurs when bundled connections are attempted on a frame relay port.

CSCdu20330

Causes connections to be reprogrammed by rebuilding the node, software error 319s to be logged on the node that is having the BNI feeder problem.

CSCdu20972

Stop Sending Router Object Robust message Since it is unsupported in CWM

Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.20

Following is the list of fixed problems in the 9.3.20 Switch Software release. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID   Description 

CSCdr02036

Adjacency infrastructure needs mods to support tunnels on gsr

CSCdr55450

flood of swlog 992 kills ILMI task on BCC making all AXISs unreachable

CSCdr82206

NPM in slot 2 may not be able to communicate with UXM

CSCds16795

Incorrect programming of ingress/egress MCR on a terminating UXM trk

CSCds55132

dspcd command for enhanced BXM/UXM cards

CSCds59761

dspcd command for enhanced BXM/UXM cards

CSCds59779

SWSW did not send a deactivate message when an active BXM card is remo

CSCds61240

Connections added on BPX displays Unknown Response(17)

CSCds62060

The new dspcurclk display shows extreme clock deviation

CSCds69977

Unable to modify atmportqdepth for a port on BXM card using PortProxy

CSCds71475

swerr 9083 & -ve value set for stats reserve on UXM while using SNMP

CSCds74027

rsrc screen update does not refresh stats reserve for an input of 0

CSCds75283

CWM cannot ping BPX and its attaching feeder nodes

CSCds75929

dspctrlrs output in BPX does not wraparound and the output is truncate

CSCds80136

LMI/ILMI stats not updated on Y-red swithover

CSCds82033

dspnebdisc does not accept command line inputs and screen title is inc

CSCdt01430

NWIP traffic is not delivered, other CC traffic is delivered as expect

CSCdt07043

BPX feeder endpoint needs to display Non-Segment always

CSCdt11920

swerr 1418 while trying to up a trunk

CSCdt14450

524 on any rebuild or connection conditioning due to LCN conflict

CSCdt22351

Memory leak in TFTP FW/SW upload and statistics enable

CSCdt24951

TFTP stat file not created but stats enabled for several hours

CSCdt29906

Abort 1000003 (1m3) and 3000000 (3m) when ILMI running on UXM

CSCdt31011

Cannot delete con loopback, 750, loopback survives delcon/addcon

CSCdt31282

TRkutl on feeder trunks shows all the conns to be Frame relay type.

Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.11

Following is the list of fixed problems from Switch Software Release 9.3.11. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID  Description 

CSCdp50091

Data_channel table is not updating with Release 9.1.15 Switch Software

CSCdr82206

NPM in slot 2 may not communicate with UXM

CSCdm42912

SNMPProxyAgent fails on SET of PrefRoute with 10 hops (switch rejects)

CSCdm60699

Async updates are sent incorrectly when VCQueue fills up.

CSCdp53419

UXM trunk LCN verification is not performed on card configuration

CSCdr78404

UVM has excessive delay for g729 conn which route on uxme 2 Mbps virtual trunk

CSCds11473

MPLS LER cannot recover from addcon 0/32. xtag intf stays non-operational

CSCds36582

BCC clock failure is not processed by SWSW during switchcc

CSCds52706

dspports does not allow user to see the port information

CSCds58629

Re-Sync with master ctrlr needed when stby->act resync fails and stby is active

CSCds59259

BXM to BXME upgrade with APS 1 1 enabled can cause channel management issues

CSCdm07690

Problems with memory calculations for standby queue flushing can lead to 586s

CSCdr74919

BNNI lights do not go out after a dntrk

CSCdr95419

delapsln executes without confirmation

CSCds08777

Incorrect card/image accepted in tftp request. Missing CMI_FWDL_PREFIX

CSCds16812

Trunk Channel programmed with wrong values on BXM, UXM.

CSCds39545

dspfdr does not display the VSI channels correctly.

CSCds40327

dsptrkstats - VI: CLP=0 stats missing shown as CLP1, VI: CLP=1 stats duplicate

CSCds40501

Prefix modifications

CSCds41291

ddb_bus_stat_b2r_map() de references NULL ptr when get_nvc_ptr() fails

CSCds41299

is_only_vt de references NULL pointer if get_lccb() fails

CSCds41303

sv3_ck_xmit() de references NULL pointer if pio_deque_first() returns NULL

CSCds41307

svr_revision_msg() de references NULL bufptr for Free_mem

CSCds41476

DDB_BUS_STAT may not be written to BRAM during clrcnf

CSCds42377

Prefix warnings. De referencing NULL pointer in dspqbinstats.c

CSCds43387

Software error 1128 on executing dspbuses when standby bus is failed

CSCds43641

Block addition of VPC con with VPI=0 if a VSI controller is added to slot.port

CSCds44377

Prefix check in

CSCds44972

tst_con_cdt() can use uninitialized cdtype if index1(slot) parm is less than 0

CSCds45012

max_st_errors() can use uninit log_cd var when map_logline() fails

CSCds45559

Prefix bug

CSCds45822

Software error 52 appears when runrev command entered

CSCds47570

Modify the incorrect SCR value range (7.1412832) to (6.1412832).

CSCds49393

prefix: ask_continu.c and dspprfhist.c in 93x

CSCds50411

delyred executes without confirmation

CSCds51603

cnftrafficgen is not supported

CSCds52888

Prefix fixes IB93x BPX

CSCds53553

Software error 922 logs in Release 9.3.10

CSCds55573

set_trk_add() and sum_errors() can deref NULL ptr if ltrk is 0 (very unlikely)

CSCds55599

Prefix error with init_ls_db(). Theoretically possible to use uninit vars

CSCds56558

Unable to add cnfchfax command in jobs

CSCds57700

Assorted IGX PREfix Errors

CSCds59745

Prefix warnings

CSCdr63174

MPLS traffic does not change the route after disabling qbin

CSCdr98254

BPX does not reject IGX image when downloading software with TFTP

CSCds33676

cnfvsiif command on a line with no active port gives misleading error

CSCds36322

Wrong warning message - Channel(s) used for LMI and ILMI when addcon

CSCds43122

Prefix for IB93x

CSCds44335

Prefix: Uninitialized memory slot2 at fail_card.c(249) and av_card.c(565)

CSCds44528

Prefix error

CSCds48062

Assorted prefix errors

CSCds48484

Prefix warning in sar_cmd_utlt.c

CSCds59670

Implement auto screen refresh for the commands dspctrlrs and dsprsrc

CSCds43072

New debug command failbus to simulate bus clock failure

Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.10

Following is the list of fixed problems from Switch Software Release 9.3.10. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID  Description 

CSCdk19709

BPX may sync a neighbor test in error and report a suspected BCC failure

CSCdm29466

Cannot addtrk on the VSI network because of VPC conid mismatch

CSCdp73606

Port LED remains on when line is downed on UXM.

CSCdr32235

cnfportstats/dspportstathist/dspstrec display all port statistics (including invalid)

CSCdr43694

Events Not Explicitly Handled In Many States of Cm_ST

CSCdr48340

dspnw on a nw with IMA virtual trunks causes software error 1423 or 1M3

CSCdr53164

Incorrect error message when trying to configure VPI range to used ones

CSCdr53669

SLT:ILMI is not disabled after changing virtual trunk to line port.

CSCdr68507

dsplog shows wrong VPI/VCI when port loopback deleted

CSCdr70502

Problems with dspsvmsg user command due to revup and new object types

CSCdr71705

When add/deleting remote local loopback, five-part address is shown

CSCdr71781

Auto Memory Reserved Is Not set to Zero (software error 3000) after upln on BXM-E

CSCdr72296

snmp walk on shelfslotinfotable causes software error 26 when UXM is missing a back card

CSCdr73183

111 when 23 ifcs (trk/prt) on a BXM slot, 23+ causes trunk/port statistic loss

CSCdr73442

Deleting a simulated AAL5 feeder causes 1M3 abort and software errors 513, 589, and 502

CSCdr73595

BPX does not clear the last user request after SF switch

CSCdr74841

Display Routing Table Contents does not work

CSCdr75723

Software error 938 PNA_SEND_ERR when LAN default gateway is set to 0

CSCdr76182

Port speed of E1-IMA port with non-cont. IMA links is calculated incorrectly.

CSCdr76451

cnfport: ILMI on card and neighbor discovery parameters handling in Syntax/Job mode

CSCdr76988

Rounding problem in calculating UBU on dspbusbw

CSCdr78202

Software error 1120 logged during upgrade from 9.3.1T to 9.3.1V

CSCdr78391

Software error 3074 when upgrading from 931T to 931V

CSCdr80522

Investigate user commands included HIPRI login for problem caused by Pause_proc

CSCdr80662

Some connection parameters are reset to default on rebuild/switchcc

CSCdr81947

dspselftst stopped working due to fragmented dynamic memory

CSCdr82470

Port loopback for the local slave end of a daxcon fails

CSCdr85197

The random() function is deterministic

CSCdr86188

AIS generate bit set for slave end of ATM daxcon with line in LOS

CSCdr86717

Mismatched back cards are allowed in a Y-red configuration

CSCdr91284

Two software errors 997s are logged after addtrk <vtrk>

CSCdr92045

Communication failure on trunks creates swlog 1417

CSCdr93280

Cannot modify PVC max BW and cannot give VSI bw>0 if IMA port in alarm

CSCdr95576

Software error 327 with switchcc and failed connections

CSCdr95788

Enhancement for signalling Qbin support

CSCdr96026

Incorrect default Discard Threshold (1 cell) set for VSI Qbins on OC-3 BXM port

CSCdr96513

The first interface upped on BXM/UXM has incorrect max discard threshold

CSCds01587

Switch sending cells rx/tx statistics as 0 to CWM

CSCds02627

cnfqbin cannot use the default discard threshold

CSCds02931

ILMI interval val statistics not collected

CSCds03275

No trunk statistics are collected for the last slot of IGX which is caused by the fix for CSCdm04491

CSCds05668

Node went into degraded mode after upgrading from 931Y to 931b

CSCds07761

SLT:SWERR103 UBU allocation errors

Problems Fixed in Release 9.3.05

Following is the list of fixed problems from Switch Software Release 9.3.05. Included with each is a brief discussion of the problem.

Bug ID  Description 

CSCdj14920

Unable to use the clrcnf command on a BPX node whose number is > 63.

CSCdk03916

Trunk information is inconsistent

CSCdk22052

Switchcc event logged under trapd.log when the command is cancelled

CSCdk48816

No Alarming on UAS

CSCdk55887

The dspport command is moved from user-level 6 to user-level 2 in Release 8.1.

CSCdk91790

Eliminate UVMs modem polling to save system idle time.

CSCdm04491

Switch software error 921 flooding

CSCdm10213

After an upgrade or a switchcc command in 9.1, extra connections may appear.

CSCdm13222

586s occured on deletion of large number of connections

CSCdm13655

VC bandwidth parameter is not reused (initializes differently during upgrade vs prov).

CSCdm26083

dsptrkbob causes swerr 30 and 923 when performed on sec yred card

CSCdm31518

Active CC failure (EEPROM, SAR) and standby unlock or reseat causes rebuild

CSCdm46032

SNMP identifies ALM/A line as ATM trunk

CSCdm68968

VC-Q depth setting at default value, Conn Mgr, IGX, routing and feeder node

CSCdm87788

Unable to add con with max rate on BXM-T3 port with direct mapping

CSCdp15350

SNMP GET-NEXT does not work for frLportStatTable

CSCdp20486

UXM IMA physical line alarms are not sent to SV+.

CSCdp25034

TOPO_HP_UPDATE NETW messages with 0 trunks causes a node to be removed

CSCdp34687

Node experiences repeated commbreak, commbreak cleared events

CSCdp41410

Modem Silence duration can be set to a maximum of only 5.1 seconds

CSCdp47053

ALM/B y-red does not work if you upgrade from 8.5.09->9.1.15->9.2.23

CSCdp49951

BPX hanging up with TUNL task using up to 60% CPU RT

CSCdp52802

UVM ports do not pass data due to stuck CCS Conditioning

CSCdp55388

dspchuse shows wrong number for max PVC configured.

CSCdp59960

UVM do not send yellow-alarm to PBX when it receives a yellow-alarm from P

CSCdp73065

Background test problems. Background test uses VPI in the VSI range.

CSCdp83902

UVM line pass through does not work on the second physical line on UVM.

CSCdp90130

cnfrsrc shows more bandwidth than physical max for feeder.

CSCdp98760

swerr 923 (invalid ltrunk number) after adding maximum virtual trunks on

CSCdp98970

A virtual trunk session times-out on a particular page when it is running dsprts.

CSCdr00360

The tstdelay command cannot run while card is initializing.

CSCdr02297

A conflict occurs between VPI used for feeder channels and VSI.

CSCdr06280

Conditional update should not be integrated for a trunk between T1 & E1

CSCdr08084

62 message not send on addyred if the secondary card is running selftest

CSCdr08430

Non-TS queue size is not saved in BRAM; also strange queue size behavior occurs.

CSCdr09440

ASI Qbin config lost when programming 2ndary card in Y-Red set

CSCdr10473

Switch software error 1012 (BAD_RS_NCHANS) occurs after a hitless rebuild.

CSCdr10575

Conid mismatch occurs after a hitless rebuild (software error 331.)

CSCdr11698

TS cell discards on virtual trunks with overbooked Frame Relay traffic.

CSCdr11823

BCC tstber channel could use VPI that is in the VSI range.

CSCdr12300

Switch MIB is inconsistent with the CLI.

CSCdr14489

A memory leak occurs in r92_db_cln_inf_u2b_map (93->93 upgrades).

CSCdr14544

PNNI VPI.VCI 0.18 is blocked when path 0 is built on BXM.

CSCdr14935

Unable to add UFM UXM connections from the UFM side and there is corruption of Be.

CSCdr15804

Band lu is incorrect. This is probably caused by dncon CoS.

CSCdr15924

Failure to receive proper traps with 2+ CWMs pointing to same network.

CSCdr17056

Provide unknown state for serialPortLeadState.

CSCdr19348

NTS connections get bit errors when Frame Relay bursts fills up the trunk capacity.

CSCdr20925

Connection data stops when it is reverted to primary in Y-red.

CSCdr21164

Software error 265 occurs on rewrite_bram following a graceful upgrade from Release 9.2

CSCdr21739

Node hangs up and loses access after deleting a trunk.

CSCdr22568

The ILMI disable command is not sent to BXM firmware when ILMI is disabled on a port.

CSCdr23303

Prtphyslnerrs, prtyred, and prtcdred cannot be included in a job.

CSCdr23432

The switch aborts when the cnfport command is issued.

CSCdr25318

The UFMU port reports an active state when the back card is missing.

CSCdr26582

The delctrlr and addctrlr commands used in quick succession will cause BXM firmware pr.

CSCdr26613

When an active APS line has YEL, the trunk fails.

CSCdr27853

The cnfcmparm 9 (reroute timer) should default to 3 seconds.

CSCdr28837

Software error 9098 is logged when upgrading from BXM to BXM-E

CSCdr30234

Available Conids only gets updated on the nodes connected by the trunk.

CSCdr30308

Statistics are not working after a graceful upgrade.

CSCdr32789

Gateway LCNs are not getting updated if the other end is a BXM and the cnfrsrc command is used.

CSCdr32875

int_all_usr_updt, trkchans: kicks of reroute only for trunks attached locally

CSCdr33298

The feeder node becomes unreachable after upgrading from BXM to BXM-E

CSCdr33428

UXM number of channels mismatch after the card rebuilds.

CSCdr33894

Switchapsln when one line in YEL causes a temporary trunk failure.

CSCdr35085

Switchcc cannot be cancelled when updates are pending.

CSCdr36526

SNMP upline is broken.

CSCdr36819

Message 0x53 is not sent when a dntrk/deltrk is done on Egress/Ingress side.

CSCdr37752

Stricter warnings should be displayed when the user does a hard reset on active.

CSCdr38707

SLT: Total VSI minimum bandwidth > 1412830 should not be allowed on BPX.

CSCdr39139

Swlog 3001 observed after overnight jobs.

CSCdr41370

The dspchstat from port counter slowly ramps-up to send rate

CSCdr41814

Prevents AR/VSI conflicts for VPIs used by feeders for LMI/IP-SNMP channels.

CSCdr47101

The load_trun_addr_endpt is not checked for its return value

CSCdr50347

Move second parameter codes used in error() to new files

CSCdr51105

Software error 30 is logged while a UXM is inserted

CSCdr55491

APS 1:1 trunk shows a major alarm after an APS switch and it does not reroute the connection.

CSCdr56249

Transition counter stats (LOS,.) not updated when line goes into alarm

CSCdr58725

In Self-tests, a frequency value of less than 40 seconds causes a consistent resetting of UXM.

CSCdr59630

PB bump statics shows bumping but no latest bumping band info

CSCdr60460

cnfrsrc in bpx restore lcn could not bring back gateway connection

CSCdr60463

Free_mem software error occurs when the number of bumped cons in the same CoS band is equal to 1023.

CSCdr65980

APS alarm status is not being reported correctly.

CSCdr67236

SES has statistics file one hour ahead of the BPX statistics file even if the times are same

CSCdr68446

dsplog shows inconsistent logs for add and deletion of connection local

CSCdr70502

problems with dspsvmsg user command due to revup and new object types

CSCdr70919

Interface shelf major alarm is logged when changing the protocol to run on BXM.

CSCdr74734

The resource partition LCN deadlocks and is unable to delete any ports.

CSCdr75146

Connections will not route due to lack of LCNs as seen in constats command.

CSCdr75723

swerr 938 PNA_SEND_ERR when lan default gateway set to 0

Additional Deliverables

SNMP MIB

The SNMP IGX/BPX switch SNMP MIB is being provided with the delivery of Release 9.3 Switch Software. The MIB is in standard ASN.1 format and is located in the ASCII text files agent.m, ilmi.m, ilmi_ctl.m, ilmiaddr.m, switch.m, swtraps.m, and errors.m which are included in the same directory as the Switch Software images. These files may be compiled with most standards-based MIB compilers. There were no mib changes in Releases 9.3.11, 9.3.20 and 9.3.24.

Switch MIB changes of Release 9.3.35

voiceEndptState
New object
winkUndetermined(6)

Switch MIB changes of Release 9.3.30

The following Switch MIB changes were introduced since Release 9.3.30. The changes include Modified objects and New objects.

atmEndptTable
Modified objects
atmEndptEntry
atmEndptTestType 

New objects
atmEndPtOAMTestLpCnt 
atmEndptOAMTestAbrtFlg 
atmEndptOAMTestSccCnt 
atmEndptOAMTestRTDMin 
atmEndptOAMTestRTDAvg 
atmEndptOAMTestRTDMax 
atmEndptOAMTestOamFmt

sonetIfTable
Modified objects
sonetIfFrame

atmTrunks
Modified
atmTrkVcShaping

ShelfRtrSlotInfoTable
New objects
shelfRtrSlotInfoEntry
rtrState
rtrIOSAlmStatus
rtrIOSSwImage
rtrVICType
rtrCnfFilename
rtrCnfFilesize
rtrIOSCnf
rtrSerialPort

Switch MIB changes of Release 9.3.11, 9.3.20 and 9.3.24

No MIB changes were made in these releases.

Switch MIB changes of Release 9.3.10

The following Switch MIB changes were introduced since Release 9.3.05. The changes include Obsolete objects, Modified objects, and New objects:

switchIfTable
Modified objects
 switchIfPartiId
 switchIfScTmpltId

frLportCnfTable
Modified objects
 frLportCnfEntry

New objects
 frLportNeighborDiscovery
 frLportNeighborIpAddress
 frLportNeighborIfIndex

atmPortTable
Modified objects
 atmPortEntry
 atmPortType

New objects
atmPortNeighborDiscovery
atmPortNeighborIpAddress
atmPortNeighborIfNam

atmPortStatTable
Modified objects
atmPortStatEntry

New objects
atmPortStatTxQ0CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ1CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ2CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ3CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ7CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ8CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ9CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ10CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ11CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ12CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ13CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ14CellDrps
atmPortStatTxQ15CellDrps

atmEndptTable
Modified objects
atmEndptQIR
atmEndptOeQIR
atmEndptRateUpICA
atmEndptPCR
atmEndptOePCR
atmEndptSCR
atmEndptOeSCR
atmEndptMCR
atmEndptOeMCR

atmTrunkStatsTable
Modified objects
atmTrkStatsEntry

New objects
atmTrkStatsTxQ10CellDrps
atmTrkStatsTxQ11CellDrps
atmTrkStatsTxQ12CellDrps
atmTrkStatsTxQ13CellDrps
atmTrkStatsTxQ14CellDrps
atmTrkStatsTxQ15CellDrps

rsrcPartiTable
Modified objects
rsrcPartiId
rsrcPartiPvcMaxBw
rsrcPartiVsiVpiStart
rsrcPartiVsiVpiEnd
rsrcPartiVsiMinBw
rsrcPartiVsiIlmiEnable
rsrcPartiVsiLcnReprogPermit

rsrcPartiPvcTable
Modified objects
) rsrcPartiPvcPvcMaxLcns 
rsrcPartiPvcPvcMaxBw 
rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart1 
rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd1 
rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart2 
rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd2 
rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart3 
rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd3 
rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart4 
rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd4

atmQbinTable
Modified objects
atmQbinMinBw
atmQbinTmpltCnfg
vsiCtrlrTable
Modified objects
VsiCtrlrEntry
vsiCtrlrPartiId
vsiCtrlrSlot
vsiCtrlrPort

New objects
vsiCtrlrAdminStatus
vsiCtrlrVpi
vsiCtrlrVciStart

Switch MIB Changes to Release 9.3.05

atmPortTable
New objects
atmPortIlmiResetFlag
atmPortCACReserve
atmPortLportMaxBW
atmPortLportMinVpi
atmPortLportMaxVpi
atmPortMgmtProtoOnCard

Modified objects
atmPortEntry
atmPortMgmtProto
atmPortIlmiAddrReg
atmPortVcShaping

atmPortQueueTable
New objects
atmPortQueueVcShaping

Modified objects
atmPortQueueEntry
atmPortQueueDepth

atmEndptTable
Modified objects
atmEndptVcQSize

switchShelf configuration branch
New objects
shelfCnfgNodeVcSupport
shelfCnfgNodeVcTotal

atmTrunks table
New objects
atmTrkTermUsedPvc
atmTrkViaUsedPvc
atmTrkMgmtProtoOnCard

Modified objects
atmTrkEntry

rsrcPartiTable
New objects
rsrcPartiVsiLcnReprogPermit

Modified objects
rsrcPartiEntry

Obsolete objects
rsrcPartiPvcMaxLcns
rsrcPartiPvcMaxBw 

This object limits the number of LCNs to be reprogrammed in a continuous loop so that other software processes will get a fair share of the CPU time.

rsrcPartiMaxLcnBatchNumber

rsrcPartiPvcTable

This table is only available for BXM cards. The AutoRoute resource partition does not exist for a down line.

New objects
rsrcPartiPvcEntry
rsrcPartiPvcPvcMaxLcns
rsrcPartiPvcPvcMaxBw
rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart1
rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd1
rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart2
rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd2
rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart3
rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd3
rsrcPartiPvcVpiStart4
rsrcPartiPvcVpiEnd4

serialPortTable
Modified objects
serialPortLeadState

Switch MIB changes to Release 9.3

The following Switch MIB changes were introduced since Release 9.2.31. The changes include Obsolete objects, Modified objects, and New objects:

switchIfTable

This table contains a list of ports and subports, and their interface.

Modified objects
switchIfService
switchIfPhysPort
switchIfScTmpltId

atmPortTable

This table provides the manager a detailed view of the ATM ports available on the switch.

New objects

These new MIB variables support IMA Ports.

atmPortRetainedLinks
atmPortImaProtocolOption
atmPortImaDiffDelay
atmPortImaClockMode

Modified objects
atmPortEntry

Obsolete objects
atmPortSvcChannels
atmPortSvcLcnLow
atmPortSvcLcnHigh
atmPortSvcVpiLow
atmPortSvcVpiHigh
atmPortSvcVciLow
atmPortSvcVciHigh
atmPortSvcQbinBitMap
atmPortSvcQbinSz
atmPortSvcBw
atmPortSvcInUse
atmPortPvcInUse

atmEndptTable

This table is used to model a PVC endpoint, and contains the traffic parameters for the ATM endpoint.

Modified objects
atmEndptPolicing
shelfSlotInfoTable

This table provides switch slot information.

New objects
slotCardTopAssemNumber

Modified objects
shelfSlotInfoEntry
slotCardMinBusUBU

ds3LineTable

This table provides the manager a view of the DS3 interfaces on the switch and supports Set functions.

Modified objects
ds3LineAlmType
ds3LineStatsTable 

This table provides a list of DS3 line statistics objects.

New objects
ds3StatsUas

Modified objects
ds3LineStatsEntry

sonetStatsTable

This table provides a list of SONET line statistics objects.

Modified objects
sonetStatsPthBip8s
sonetStatsPthFebeEs
sonetStatsSecBip8Ses
sonetStatsPthUas
sonetStatsPthFarendUas

atmTrunkStatsTable

This table provides a list of ATM trunk statistics object.

Obsolete objects
atmTrkSvcChannels
atmTrkSvcLcnLow
atmTrkSvcLcnHigh
atmTrkSvcVpiLow
atmTrkSvcVpiHigh 
atmTrkSvcVciLow
atmTrkSvcVciHigh
atmTrkSvcQbinBitMap
atmTrkSvcQbinSz
atmTrkSvcBw
atmTrkSvcInUse

vsiCtrlrTable

This new table contains the configuration for VSI Controllers. The objects are advertised to all of the VSI slaves on the switch when the configuration is changed.

New objects
vsiCtrlrEntry
vsiCtrlrId
vsiCtrlrPartiId
vsiCtrlrIpAddr
vsiCtrlrType
vsiCtrlrSlot
vsiCtrlrPort

Default Values

BPX 8600 Nodes

The default values for BXM and Enhanced-BXM cards are the same.

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:21 GMT 

                           System-Wide Parameters

1 Max Time Stamped Packet Age (msec) ................................ 32 
2 Allow CPU Starvation of Fail Handler .............................. No 
3 Max Network Delay for 'v' connections (msec)....................... 14 
4 Max Network Delay for 'c' connections (msec)....................... 27 
5 Max Network Delay for 't' & 'p' connections (msec)................. 14 
6 Max Network Delay for 'a' connections (msec)....................... 27 
7 Max Network Delay for High Speed Data connections (msec)........... 32 
8 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'v' connections (msec)............... 64 
9 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'c' connections (msec)............... 64 
10 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' connections (msec)......... 64 
11 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'a' connections (msec)............... 64 
12 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP High Speed Data connections (msec)... 64 
13 Enable Discard Eligibility......................................... No 
14 Use Frame Relay Standard Parameters Bc and Be...................... No 
15 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'v' conns (msec).............. 27 
16 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'c' conns (msec).............. 27 
17 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' conns (msec)........ 27 
18 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'a' conns (msec).............. 27 
19 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP High Speed Data conns (msec).. 27 
20 Max Local Delay for Interdom High Speed Data conns (msec).......... 28 
21 FastPAD Jitter Buffer Size (msec)................................. 15 
22 Number of Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts to Cause Major Alarm . 0 
23 Enable Connection Deroute Delay feature............................ No 
24 Interval Statistics polling rate for ATM VCs....................... 5 
25 Interval Statistics polling rate for ports on IPX/IGX 8400 nodes... 5 
26 Num of Nodes doing Simultaneous TFTP Cnfg Save/Restore............. 4

This Command:cnfsysparm 


hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:23 GMT  

1 Update Initial Delay [ 5000] (D) 16 Stats Memory (x 100KB) [ 132] (D) 
2 Update Per-Node Delay [30000] (D) 17 Standby Update Timer [ 10] (D) 
3 Comm-Break Test Delay [30000] (D) 18 Stby Updts Per Pass [ 150] (D) 
4 Comm-Break Test Offset [ 10] (D) 19 Gateway ID Timer [ 30] (D) 
5 Network Timeout Period [ 1700] (D) 20 GLCON Alloc Timer [ 30] (D) 
6 Network Inter-p Period [ 4000] (D) 21 Comm Fail Delay [ 60] (D) 
7 NW Sliding Window Size [ 1] (D) 22 Nw Hdlr Timer (msec) [ 50] (D) 
8 Num Normal Timeouts [ 7] (D) 23 SAR CC Transmit Rate [ 560] (D) 
9 Num Inter-p Timeouts [ 3] (D) 24 SAR High Transmit Rate [ 280] (D) 
10 Num Satellite Timeouts [ 6] (D) 25 SAR Low Transmit Rate [ 56] (D) 
11 Num Blind Timeouts [ 4] (D) 26 SAR VRAM Cngestn Limit [ 7680] (D) 
12 Num CB Msg Timeouts [ 5] (D) 27 SAR VRAM Cell Discard [ 256] (D) 
13 Comm Fail Interval [10000] (D) 28 ASM Card Cnfged [ Y] (Y/N) 
14 Comm Fail Multiplier [ 3] (D) 29 TFTP Grant Delay (sec) [ 1] (D) 
15 CC Redundancy Cnfged [ Y] (Y/N) 30 TFTP ACK Timeout (sec) [ 10] (D) 31 TFTP Write Retries [ 3] (D) 46 Max Htls Rebuild Count [ 100] (D) 
32 SNMP Event logging [ Y] (Y/N) 47 Htls Counter Reset Time[ 1000] (D) 
33 Job Lock Timeout [ 60] (D) 48 Send Abit early [ N] (Y/N) 
34 Max Via LCONs [50000] (D) 49 Abit Tmr Multiplier M [ 0] (D) 
35 Max Blind Segment Size [ 3570] (D) 50 Abit Tmr Granularity N [ 3] (D) 
36 Max XmtMemBlks per NIB [ 3000] (D) 51 FBTC with PPDPolicing [ N] (Y/N) 
37 Max Mem on Stby Q (%) [ 33] (D) 52 CommBrk Hop Weight [ 25] (D) 
38 Stat Config Proc Cnt [ 1000] (D) 53 CB Fail Penalty Hops [ 2] (D) 
39 Stat Config Proc Delay [ 2000] (D) 54 Auto BXM upgrade [ Y] (Y/N) 
40 Enable Degraded Mode [ Y] (Y/N) 55 LCN reprgrm batch cnt [ 100] (D) 
41 Trk Cell Rtng Restrict [ Y] (Y/N) 56 Dnld LanIP or NwIP [ Nw](Lan/Nw) 
42 Enable Feeder Alert [ N] (Y/N) 57 IP Relay gateway node [ 0] (D) 
43 Reroute on Comm Fail [ N] (Y/N) 58 Max LAN Window (sec) [ 60] (D) 
44 Auto Switch on Degrade [ Y] (Y/N) 59 Max LAN Packets/Window [18000] (D) 
45 Max Degraded Aborts [ 100] (D) 60 Extended Cline Object [ N] (Y/N)
This Command:cnfnodeparm 
                                                                                
                                                                                
hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:26 GMT  

Index Status    Function

1 Enabled Automatic TRK Loopback Test on Local/Remote Alarms 
2 Enabled User Command Logging 
3 Enabled Automatic Card Reset on Hardware Error 
4 Enabled Card Error Record Wraparound 
5 Disabled Card Test After Failure 
6 Disabled Download From Remote Cisco StrataView Plus 
7 Disabled Logging of conn events in local event log 
8 Disabled Logging of conn events in Cisco StrataView Plus event log 
9 Disabled Force Download From a Specific IP address
                                                                                
This Command:cnffunc 
                                                                                

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:27 GMT  

Index Status    Function

1 Disabled Configuration Save/Restore 
2 Enabled ForeSight 
3 Disabled Multiple VTs (1 session enabled) 
4 Disabled Virtual Trunks 
5 Enabled ABR standard with VSVD 
6 Disabled Priority Bumping 
7 Disabled Virtual Ports
                                                                                
This Command:cnfswfunc 
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                
hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:27 GMT  

Card    Test   - - - - - - Self Test - - - - - - -   - - Background Test - - -
Type    Freq   Enable        Inc   Thresh  Timeout   Enable        Inc   Thresh
----    -----  --------  -------  -------  -------   --------  -------  -------
BCC 1600 Enabled 100 300 800 N/A 100 300 
ASM 300 Disabled 100 300 60 N/A 100 300 
BNI-T3 300 Enabled 100 300 150 N/A 100 300 
BNI-E3 300 Enabled 100 300 150 N/A 100 300 
ASI-E3 900 Enabled 100 300 800 Enabled 100 300 
ASI-T3 900 Enabled 100 300 800 Enabled 100 300 
ASI-155 900 Enabled 100 300 800 Enabled 100 300 
BNI-155 300 Enabled 100 300 150 N/A 100 300 
BXM 4000 Enabled 100 300 3000 Enabled 100 300

This Command:cnftstparm 
                                                                                
                                                                                

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:2H GMT  

1 Normalization Interval [ 2] (D) 
2 Max Number To Normalize [ 5] (D) 
3 Normalization Logging [ No] 
4 Settling Interval [ 4] (D) 
5 Minimum Open Space [ 1000] (D) 
6 Normalization Priority [ Load] 
7 Load Sample Period [ 4] (D) 
8 Maximum Routing Bundle [ 90] (D) 
9 Reroute Timer [ 3] (secs) 
10 Reset Timer on Line Fail [ Yes] 
11 Max Down/Up Per Pass [ 50] (D) 
12 Down/Up Timer [30000] (msecs) 
13 Max Route Errs per cycle [ 50] (D) 
14 Time between Rrt cycles [ 5] (mins) 
15 Max. Rrt Err cycles [ 10] (D) 
16 Routing pause timer [ 0] (msecs) 
17 Max msgs sent per update [ 10] (D) 
18 Send SVC urgent msg [ No] 
19 Max SVC Retry [ 0] (D) 
20 Wait for TBL Updates [ 70] (100 msecs) 
21 Max Derouting Bndl (0=all)[ 500] (D) 
22 Enable Cost-Based Routing [ No] 
23 Enable Route Cache Usage [ No] 
24 Use Delay for Routing [ No] 
25 # of reroute groups used [ 50] (D) 
26 Starting size of RR grps [ 0] (CLU) 
27 Increment between RR grps [ 100] (CLU) 
28 CM updates app timeout [ 5] (10 secs) 
29 Route concurrency level [ 1] (D) 

                                                                                
This Command:cnfcmparm 
                                                                                
                                                                                

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:30 GMT  

1 Rmt Blk Freq (msec) [ 100] 16 FW Dnld Msgs/Block(dec) [ 4] 
2 Rmt Blk Size (hex) [ 400] 17 Flash Write TO(msec) [ 16000] 
3 Lcl Blk Freq (msec) [ 100] 18 Flash Erase TO(msec) [ 100] 
4 Lcl Blk Size (hex) [ 400] 19 Erase Verify TO(msec) [ 16000] 
5 Image Req Freq (msec) [ 10000] 20 Standby Flash TO(sec) [ 300] 
6 Dnld Req Freq (msec) [ 10000] 21 Lcl Flash Init TO(msec) [ 1000] 
7 Session Timeout (msec) [ 30000] 22 Flsh Write Blk Sz (hex) [ 10000] 
8 Request Hop Limit (dec) [ 1] 23 Flsh Verfy Blk Sz (hex) [ 400] 
9 Crc Throttle Freq (dec) [ 5000] 24 Chips Per Write/Erase [ 1] 
10 Crc Block Size (hex) [ 400] 
11 Rev Change Wait(dec) [ 0] 
12 CCs Switch Wait(dec) [ 1000] 
13 Lcl Response TO(msec) [ 5000] 
14 Rmt Response TO(msec) [ 20000] 
15 FW Dnld Block TO(msec) [ 50]

This Command:cnfdlparm 
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:30 GMT  

1. Logout Time ........... 20 minutes 
2. VT Logout Time ........ 4 minutes 
3. Prompt Time ........... 60 seconds 
4. Command Time .......... 3 minutes 
5. UID Privilege Level ... 6 
6. Input Character Echo .. Enabled 
7. Screen Update Time .... 10 seconds

This Command:cnfuiparm 
                                                                                
                                                                                
hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:31 GMT  

1 Priority Bumping Enabled [ NO] 
2 Priority Bumping Bundle [ 50] (D) 
3 Priority Bumping Bands: 
Band 1 [ 2] (D) 
Band 2 [ 4] (D) 
Band 3 [ 6] (D) 
Band 4 [ 8] (D) 
Band 5 [ 10] (D) 
Band 6 [ 12] (D) 
Band 7 [ 14] (D) 


This Command:cnfbmpparm 
                                                                                
                                                                                
hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:31 GMT  

Function Number Status Function Number Status 
Background Upcard 1 Enabled Conn Stat Sampling 15 Enabled 
Background Updates 2 Disabled Neighbor Update Errs 16 Disabled 
Standby Terminal 3 Enabled 
Memory Protection 4 Enabled 
Comm Break 5 Enabled 
Comm Fail Test 6 Enabled 
CRC Test 7 Enabled 
Bus Fail Detection 8 Enabled 
Line Diag 9 Enabled 
Clock Restoral 10 Enabled 
Cm_Rerouting 11 Enabled 
Clock Routing 12 Enabled 
Dynamic BW Allocation 13 Enabled 
Modem Polling 14 Enabled

This Command:on1 
                                                                                


hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:32 GMT  

Function Number Status Function Number Status 
Line Stat Sampling 1 Enabled Robust Alarm Updates 15 Enabled 
Statistical Alarm 2 Enabled Realtime Counters 16 Enabled 
Job Ready Checker 3 Enabled LAN Interface 17 Enabled 
Configuration Backup 4 Enabled Update Standby Stats 18 Enabled 
Standby Update 5 Enabled Telnet Access 19 Enabled 
Downloader 6 Enabled Junction ID 20 Enabled 
Cm Updates 7 Enabled Mult SV+/Routing Node 21 Disabled 
Topo/Stat Updates 8 Enabled Simulated Fdr Trks 22 Disabled 
Card Statistical Alms 9 Enabled Deroute Delay 23 Enabled 
Card Stat Sampling 10 Enabled Auto Renum Fail Recov 24 Enabled 
Address Validation 11 Enabled Card Simulation Tool 25 Disabled 
ASM Stats Polling 12 Enabled 
Port Stat Sampling 13 Enabled 
Robust Updates 14 Enabled
                                                                                
This Command:on2 
                                                                                
                                                                                
hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:32 GMT  

Function Number Status 
Trace Msg Sent 1 Disabled 
Multi-DB Stby Updates 2 Enabled 
Trace Conv Msg 3 Disabled 
Region memory init 4 Enabled 
VT Clk Switch Evt Log 5 Disabled

This Command:on3 
                                                                                

BNI-T3

                                                                                
hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:32 GMT  

TRK  3.1 Config     T3      [96000 cps]    BNI-T3 slot: 3                      
Transmit Rate:        96000               VPC Conns disabled:   --           
Protocol By The Card: --                  Line framing:         PLCP         
VC Shaping:           --                       coding:          --           
Hdr Type NNI:         --                       recv impedance:  --           
Statistical Reserve:  5000    cps              cable type:                   
Idle code:            7F hex                         length:    0-225 ft.    
Connection Channels:  1771                Pass sync:            Yes          
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:           No           
Restrict CC traffic:  No                  HCS Masking:          Yes          
Link type:            Terrestrial         Payload Scramble:     No           
Routing Cost:         10                  Frame Scramble:       --           
F4 AIS Detection:     --                  Vtrk Type / VPI:      -- / --      
                                           Incremental CDV:      0            
                                           Deroute delay time:   0 seconds    
                                                                                
Last Command:dsptrkcnf 3.1
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                
hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:32 GMT  

TRK 3.1 Parameters
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  242] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  360] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 1000] (Dec)
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [ 8878] (Dec)
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 1000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  30] (%)
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)
                                                                                
This Command:cnftrkparm 3.1 
 


                                                                               
                                                                                

BNI-E3

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Aug. 16 2001 18:09 GMT 

TRK  4.1 Config     E3      [80000 cps]    BNI-E3 slot: 4                      
Transmit Rate:        80000               VPC Conns disabled:   --           
Protocol By The Card: --                  Line framing:         --           
VC Shaping:           --                       coding:          --           
Hdr Type NNI:         --                       recv impedance:  --           
Statistical Reserve:  5000    cps              cable type:                   
Idle code:            7F hex                         length:    0-225 ft.    
Connection Channels:  1771                Pass sync:            Yes          
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:           No           
Restrict CC traffic:  No                  HCS Masking:          Yes          
Link type:            Terrestrial         Payload Scramble:     Yes          
Routing Cost:         10                  Frame Scramble:       --           
F4 AIS Detection:     --                  Vtrk Type / VPI:      -- / --      
                                           Incremental CDV:      0            
                                           Deroute delay time:   0 seconds    
                                                                                
Last Command:dsptrkcnf 4.1
                                                                                
                                                                                

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:34 GMT  

TRK 4.1 Parameters
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  202] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  300] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 1000] (Dec)
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [ 8978] (Dec)
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 1000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  30] (%)
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)
                                                                                
This Command:cnftrkparm 4.1 

BNI-155/155E

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:34 GMT  

TRK 11.1 Config     OC3     [353207cps]    BNI-155 slot:11                     
Transmit Rate:        353208              VPC Conns disabled:   --           
Protocol By The Card: --                  Line framing:         STS-3C       
VC Shaping:           --                       coding:          --           
Hdr Type NNI:         --                       recv impedance:  --           
Statistical Reserve:  5000    cps              cable type:      --           
Idle code:            7F hex                         length:    --           
Connection Channels:  16050               Pass sync:            Yes          
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:           No           
Restrict CC traffic:  No                  HCS Masking:          Yes          
Link type:            Terrestrial         Payload Scramble:     Yes          
Routing Cost:         10                  Frame Scramble:       Yes          
F4 AIS Detection:     --                  Vtrk Type / VPI:      -- / --      
                                           Incremental CDV:      0            
                                           Deroute delay time:   0 seconds    
                                                                                
Last Command:dsptrkcnf 11.1
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                
hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:34 GMT  

TRK 11.1 Parameters
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  885] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [ 1324] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 1000] (Dec)
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [15463] (Dec)
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 1000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [ 100] (%)
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [ 100] (%)
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  30] (%)
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)
                                                                                
This Command:cnftrkparm 11.1

                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                

BXM-T3

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:36 GMT  

TRK  5.1 Config     T3      [96000 cps]    BXM slot:    5                      
Transmit Rate:        96000               VPC Conns disabled:   No           
Protocol By The Card: No                  Line framing:         PLCP         
VC Shaping:           No                       coding:          --           
Hdr Type NNI:         Yes                      recv impedance:  --           
Statistical Reserve:  5000    cps              cable type:      --           
Idle code:            7F hex                         length:    0-225 ft.    
Connection Channels:  256                 Pass sync:            Yes          
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:           No           
Restrict CC traffic:  No                  HCS Masking:          Yes          
Link type:            Terrestrial         Payload Scramble:     No           
Routing Cost:         10                  Frame Scramble:       --           
F4 AIS Detection:     --                  Vtrk Type / VPI:      -- / --      
                                           Incremental CDV:      0            
                                           Deroute delay time:   0 seconds    
                                                                                
Last Command:dsptrkcnf 5.1
                                                                                
                                                                                

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:36 GMT  

TRK 5.1 Parameters
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  242] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  400] (Dec)
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  360] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 5000] (Dec)
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [10000] (Dec)
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 8000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)
                                                                                
This Command:cnftrkparm 5.1 




BXM-E3

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:37 GMT  

TRK 12.1 Config     E3      [80000 cps]    BXM slot:    12                     
Transmit Rate:        80000               VPC Conns disabled:   No           
Protocol By The Card: No                  Line framing:         --           
VC Shaping:           No                       coding:          --           
Hdr Type NNI:         Yes                      recv impedance:  --           
Statistical Reserve:  5000    cps              cable type:      --           
Idle code:            7F hex                         length:    0-225 ft.    
Connection Channels:  256                 Pass sync:            Yes          
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:           No           
Restrict CC traffic:  No                  HCS Masking:          Yes          
Link type:            Terrestrial         Payload Scramble:     Yes          
Routing Cost:         10                  Frame Scramble:       --           
F4 AIS Detection:     --                  Vtrk Type / VPI:      -- / --      
                                           Incremental CDV:      0            
                                           Deroute delay time:   0 seconds    
                                                                                
Last Command:dsptrkcnf 12.1
                                                                                
                                                                                

hugo           TRM   Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:37 GMT  

TRK 12.1 Parameters
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  202] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  400] (Dec)
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [  300] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 5000] (Dec)
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [10000] (Dec)
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [ 8000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [ 8000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  15000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)
                                                                                
This Command:cnftrkparm 12.1 

                                                                                
                                                                                

BXM-155

sw69           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:37 GMT  

TRK  6.1 Config     OC3     [353207cps]    BXM slot:    6                      
Transmit Rate:        353208              VPC Conns disabled:   No           
Protocol By The Card: No                  Line framing:         STS-3C       
VC Shaping:           No                       coding:          --           
Hdr Type NNI:         Yes                      recv impedance:  --           
Statistical Reserve:  5000    cps              cable type:      --           
Idle code:            7F hex                         length:    --           
Connection Channels:  256                 Pass sync:            No           
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:           No           
Restrict CC traffic:  Yes                 HCS Masking:          Yes          
Link type:            Terrestrial         Payload Scramble:     Yes          
Routing Cost:         10                  Frame Scramble:       Yes          
F4 AIS Detection:     --                  Vtrk Type / VPI:      -- / --      
                                           Incremental CDV:      0            
                                           Deroute delay time:   0 seconds    
                                                                                
Last Command:dsptrkcnf 6.1
                                                                                
                                                                                

sw69           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:37 GMT  

TRK 6.1 Parameters
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [  885] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [  600] (Dec)
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [ 1324] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [ 5000] (Dec)
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [20000] (Dec)
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [10000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [10000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)
                                                                                
This Command:cnftrkparm 6.1 
                                                                                
       

                                                                         

BXM-622

sw69           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:38 GMT  

TRK 12.2 Config     OC12    [1412679cps]   BXM slot:    12                     
Transmit Rate:        1412830             VPC Conns disabled:   No           
Protocol By The Card: No                  Line framing:         STS-12C      
VC Shaping:           No                       coding:          --           
Hdr Type NNI:         Yes                      recv impedance:  --           
Statistical Reserve:  5000    cps              cable type:      --           
Idle code:            7F hex                         length:    --           
Connection Channels:  256                 Pass sync:            No           
Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RT-VBR,ABR   Loop clock:           No           
Restrict CC traffic:  Yes                 HCS Masking:          Yes          
Link type:            Terrestrial         Payload Scramble:     Yes          
Routing Cost:         10                  Frame Scramble:       Yes          
F4 AIS Detection:     --                  Vtrk Type / VPI:      -- / --      
                                           Incremental CDV:      0            
                                           Deroute delay time:   0 seconds    
                                                                                
Last Command:dsptrkcnf 12.2
                                                                                
                                                                                

sw69           TN    Cisco           BPX 8620  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:38 GMT  

TRK 12.2 Parameters
 1 Q Depth - rt-VBR    [ 3533] (Dec)    15 Q Depth   - CBR     [ 1200] (Dec)
 2 Q Depth - Non-TS    [ 5297] (Dec)    16 Q Depth   - nrt-VBR [10000] (Dec)
 3 Q Depth - TS        [ 1000] (Dec)    17 Q Depth   - ABR     [40000] (Dec)
 4 Q Depth - BData A   [40000] (Dec)    18 Low  CLP  - CBR     [  60] (%)
 5 Q Depth - BData B   [40000] (Dec)    19 High CLP  - CBR     [  80] (%)
 6 Q Depth - High Pri  [ 1000] (Dec)    20 Low  CLP  - nrt-VBR [  60] (%)
 7 Max Age - rt-VBR    [   20] (Dec)    21 High CLP  - nrt-VBR [  80] (%)
 8 Red Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]22 Low CLP/EPD-ABR     [  60] (%)
 9 Yel Alm - I/O (Dec) [  2500 /  10000]23 High CLP  - ABR     [  80] (%)
10 Low  CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)       24 EFCN      - ABR     [  20] (%)
11 High CLP - BData A  [ 100] (%)
12 Low  CLP - BData B  [  25] (%)
13 High CLP - BData B  [  75] (%)
14 EFCN     - BData B  [  30] (Dec)
                                                                                
This Command:cnftrkparm 12.2 
                                                                                
                                                                                


IGX 8400 Nodes

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

                           System-Wide Parameters

1  Max Time Stamped Packet Age (msec) ................................   32
2  Allow CPU Starvation of Fail Handler ..............................   No
3  Max Network Delay for 'v' connections (msec).......................   14
4  Max Network Delay for 'c' connections (msec).......................   27
5  Max Network Delay for 't' & 'p' connections (msec).................   14
6  Max Network Delay for 'a' connections (msec).......................   27
7  Max Network Delay for High Speed Data connections (msec)...........   32
8  Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'v' connections (msec)...............   64
9  Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'c' connections (msec)...............   64
10 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' connections (msec).........   64
11 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'a' connections (msec)..............    64
12 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP High Speed Data connections (msec)...   64
13 Enable Discard Eligibility.........................................   No
14 Use Frame Relay Standard Parameters Bc and Be......................   No
15 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'v' conns (msec)..............   27
16 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'c' conns (msec)..............   27
17 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' conns (msec)........   27
18 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'a' conns (msec)..............   27
19 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP High Speed Data conns (msec)..   27
20 Max Local Delay for Interdom High Speed Data conns (msec)..........   28
21 FastPAD Jitter Buffer Size  (msec).................................   15
22 Number of Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts to Cause Major Alarm .    0
23 Enable Connection Deroute Delay feature ...........................  Yes
24 Interval Statstics polling rate for ATM/Frame Relay VCs............    5
25 Interval Statistics polling rate for ports.........................    5
26 Num of Nodes doing Simultaneous TFTP Cnfg Save/Restore.............    4


This Command:cnfsysparm
                                                                                

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

1  Update Initial Delay   [ 5000] (D)   16 CC Redundancy Cnfged   [    Y] (Y/N)
2  Update Per-Node Delay  [30000] (D)   17 MT3 Pass Through Relay [    Y] (Y/N)
3  Comm-Break Test Delay  [30000] (D)   18 Nw Pkt Tx Rate (pps)   [  500] (D)
4  Comm-Break Test Offset [   10] (D)   19 Stats Memory (x 100KB) [  130] (D)
5  Network Timeout Period [ 1700] (D)   20 Standby Update Timer   [   10] (D)
6  Network Inter-p Period [ 4000] (D)   21 Stby Updts Per Pass    [  150] (D)
7  NW Sliding Window Size [    1] (D)   22 Gateway ID Timer       [   30] (D)
8  Num Normal Timeouts    [    7] (D)   23 GLCON Alloc Timer      [   30] (D)
9  Num Inter-p Timeouts   [    3] (D)   24 Comm Fail Delay        [   60] (D)
10 Num Satellite Timeouts [    6] (D)   25 Nw Hdlr Timer (msec)   [  100] (D)
11 Num Blind Timeouts     [    4] (D)   26 CBUS Delay (msec)      [   20] (D)
12 Num CB Msg Timeouts    [    2] (D)   27 SNMP Event logging     [    Y] (Y/N)
13 Comm Fail Interval     [10000] (D)   28 TFTP Grant Delay (sec) [    1] (D)
14 Comm Fail Multiplier   [    3] (D)   29 TFTP ACK Timeout (sec) [   10] (D)
15 Temperature Threshold  [   50] (D)   30 TFTP Write Retries     [    3] (D)

31 FRP Link Status Alarm  [    Y] (Y/N) 46 Modem polling timer    [    1] (D)
32 Job Lock Timeout       [    0] (D)   47 Verify CBA for non-FRP [    N] (Y/N)
33 Max Via LCONs          [20000] (D)   48 Send Abit early        [    N] (Y/N)
34 Max Blind Segment Size [ 3570] (D)   49 Abit Tmr Multiplier  M [    0] (D)
35 Max XmtMemBlks per NIB [ 3000] (D)   50 Abit Tmr Granularity N [    3] (D)
36 Max Mem on Stby Q (%)  [   33] (D)   51 CommBrk Hop Weight     [   25] (D)
37 Trk Cell Rtng Restrict [    Y] (Y/N) 52 CB
38 Stat Config Proc Cnt   [ 1000] (D)
39 Stat Config Proc Delay [ 2000] (D)
40 Enable Degraded Mode   [    Y] (Y/N)
41 Enable Rrt on Comm Fail[    N] (Y/N)
42 Auto Switch on Degrade [    Y] (Y/N)
43 Max Degraded Aborts    [  100] (D)
44 Max Htls Rebuild Count [  100] (D)
45 Htls Counter Reset Time[ 1000] (D)
                                                                                
This Command:cnfnodeparm


mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

Index Status    Function

1     Enabled   Automatic CLN/PLN Loopback Test on Local/Remote Alarms
2     Enabled   FDP Loopback button
3     Enabled   User Command Logging
4     Enabled   Automatic Card Reset on Hardware Error
5     Enabled   TXR Model D Download
6     Enabled   Card Error Record Wraparound
7     Disabled  Card Test After Failure
8     Disabled  Download From Remote CWM
9     Disabled  Logging of conn events in local event log
10    Disabled  Logging of conn events in CWM event log
11    Disabled  Logging SVC Connection Events
12    Disabled  Force Download From a Specific IP address
13    Disabled  CDP WinkStart Signalling
14    Enabled   Logging of Bus Diagnostic Events in local event log
15    Enabled   Automatic Card Reset after Burnfw for CBI cards
16    Disabled  Logging of router state events in CWM event log


This Command:cnffunc 

                                                                                

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

Index Status    Function

1     Disabled  Data Frame Multiplexing
2     Disabled  Adaptive Voice
3     Enabled   Frame Relay
4     Disabled  Configuration Save/Restore
5     Disabled  ForeSight
6     Disabled  Frame Relay Network-to-Network Interface
7     Disabled  Multiple VTs (1 session enabled)
8     Disabled  Interface Shelf
9     Enabled   Virtual Trunks
10    Disabled  ABR standard with VSVD



                                                                                
This Command:cnfswfunc 


mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

Card   Test    - - - - - - Self Test - - - - - - -   - - Background Test - - -
Type   Freq    Enable        Inc   Thresh  Timeout   Enable        Inc   Thresh
----   -----   --------  -------  -------  -------   --------  -------  -------
PSM      300   Enabled       100      300       31   N/A           100      300
HDM      300   Enabled       100      300       80   Enabled       100      300
LDM      300   Enabled       100      300       80   Enabled       100      300
NTM      300   Enabled       100      300       31   N/A           100      300
FRM      300   Enabled       100      300       80   Enabled       100      300
MT3      300   Enabled       100      300       50   N/A           100      300
CVM      300   Enabled       100      300      300   N/A           100      300
NPM      180   Enabled       100      300      120   N/A           100      300
ARM      300   Enabled       100      300       60   N/A           100      300
BTM      300   Enabled       100      300      120   N/A           100      300
FTM      300   Enabled       100      300       80   Disabled      100      300
UFM      300   Enabled       100      300       80   Enabled       100      300
UFMU     300   Enabled       100      300       80   Enabled       100      300
ALM      300   Enabled       100      300      120   N/A           100      300
UVM      300   Disabled      100      300       60   N/A           100      300
UXM      300   Enabled       100      300      800   Enabled       100      300
URM      300   Enabled       100      300      800   Enabled       100      300

                                                                               
This Command:cnftstparm 
                                                                                
                                                                                

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

1  Normalization Interval    [    2] (D)   
2  Max Number To Normalize   [    5] (D)   
3  Normalization Logging     [   No]
4  Settling Interval         [    4] (D)   
5  Minimum Open Space        [ 1000] (D)   
6  Normalization Priority    [ Load]
7  Load Sample Period        [    4] (D)   
8  Maximum Routing Bundle    [   90] (D)   
9  Reroute Timer             [    3] (secs)   
10 Reset Timer on Line Fail  [  Yes]
11 Max Down/Up Per Pass      [   50] (D)   
12 Down/Up Timer             [30000] (msecs)   
13 Max Route Errs per cycle  [  200] (D)   
14 Time between Rrt cycles   [    5] (mins)   
15 Max. Rrt Err cycles       [    1] (D)   
16 Routing pause timer       [    0] (msecs)   
17 Max msgs sent per update  [   10] (D)   
18 Send SVC urgent msg       [  Yes]
19 Max SVC Retry             [    0] (D)   
20 Wait for TBL Updates      [   70] (100 msecs)
21 Max Derouting Bndl (0=all)[  500] (D)   
22 Enable Cost-Based Routing [   No]
23 Enable Route Cache Usage  [   No]
24 Use Delay for Routing     [   No]
25 # of reroute groups used  [   50] (D)   
26 Starting size of RR grps  [    0] (CLU)
27 Increment between RR grps [  100] (CLU)
28 CM updates app timeout    [    5] (10 secs)
29 Route concurrency level   [    1] (D)   

                                                                                
This Command:cnfcmparm 
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

1  Rmt Blk Freq (msec)     [    100]    16 FW Dnld Msgs/Block(dec) [      4]    
2  Rmt Blk Size (hex)      [    400]    17 Flash Write TO(msec)    [  16000]    
3  Lcl Blk Freq (msec)     [    100]    18 Flash Erase TO(msec)    [    100]    
4  Lcl Blk Size (hex)      [    400]    19 Erase Verify TO(msec)   [  16000]    
5  Image Req Freq (msec)   [  10000]    20 Standby Flash TO(sec)   [    300]    
6  Dnld Req Freq (msec)    [  10000]    21 Lcl Flash Init TO(msec) [   1000]    
7  Session Timeout (msec)  [  30000]    22 Flsh Write Blk Sz (hex) [  10000]    
8  Request Hop Limit (dec) [      1]    23 Flsh Verfy Blk Sz (hex) [    400]    
9  Crc Throttle Freq (dec) [   5000]    24 Chips Per Write/Erase   [      1]    
10 Crc Block Size (hex)    [    400]    
11 Rev Change Wait(dec)    [      0]    
12 CCs Switch Wait(dec)    [   1000]    
13 Lcl Response TO(msec)   [   5000]    
14 Rmt Response TO(msec)   [  30000]    
15 FW Dnld Block TO(msec)  [     50]    
                                                                                
This Command:cnfdlparm 

                                                                                

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

1. Logout Time ........... 20 minutes
2. VT Logout Time ........ 4 minutes
3. Prompt Time ........... 60 seconds
4. Command Time .......... 3 minutes
5. UID Privilege Level ... 6
6. Input Character Echo .. Enabled
7. Screen Update Time .... 10 seconds


                                                                                
This Command:cnfuiparm 

                                                                                

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

1  Priority Bumping Enabled                [  NO]
2  Priority Bumping Bundle                 [  50] (D)     
3  Priority Bumping Bands:                              
   Band 1                                  [   2] (D)     
   Band 2                                  [   4] (D)     
   Band 3                                  [   6] (D)     
   Band 4                                  [   8] (D)     
   Band 5                                  [  10] (D)     
   Band 6                                  [  12] (D)     
   Band 7                                  [  14] (D)     


                                                                                
This Command:cnfbmpparm 
                                                                                
                                                                                

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

Function            Number   Status      Function            Number   Status
Background Upcard     1      Enabled     Dynamic BW Allocation 15     Enabled
Background Updates    2      Disabled    Modem Polling         16     Enabled
Standby Terminal      3      Disabled    Conn Stat Sampling    17     Enabled
Memory Protection     4      Enabled     FastPAD Test          18     Enabled
Comm Break            5      Enabled     Neighbor Update Errs  19     Disabled
Comm Fail Test        6      Enabled     SVC Del Bgnd Updates  20     Disabled
BRAM Memory Protect   7      Enabled
CRC Test              8      Enabled
CDT Clock Test        9      Enabled
Bus Fail Detection    10     Enabled
Line Diag             11     Enabled
Clock Restoral        12     Enabled
Cm_Rerouting          13     Enabled
Clock Routing         14     Enabled
                                                                                
This Command:on1 
                                                                                
                                                                                

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

Function            Number   Status      Function            Number   Status
Line Stat Sampling    1      Enabled     LAN Interface         15     Enabled
Statistical Alarm     2      Enabled     Update Standby Stats  16     Enabled
Job Ready Checker     3      Enabled     EIA Monitoring        17     Enabled
Configuration  Backup 4      Enabled     Telnet Access         18     Enabled
Standby Update        5      Enabled     Junction ID           19     Enabled
Downloader            6      Enabled     Mult SV+/Routing Node 20     Enabled
Cm Updates            7      Enabled     Feeder with NW Trunks 21     Disabled
Power Supply Monitor  8      Enabled     Multiple Fdr Trunks   22     Disabled
Topo/Stat Updates     9      Enabled     Simulated Fdr Trks    23     Disabled
CDP/CIP Sig. Polling  10     Enabled     Auto Renum Fail Recov 24     Enabled
Port Stat Sampling    11     Enabled     IGX - ACM Selftest    25     Enabled
Robust Updates        12     Enabled     Card Simulation Tool  26     Enabled
Robust Alarm Updates  13     Enabled     Major Alarm on NNI    27     Disabled
Realtime Counters     14     Enabled     Deroute Delay         28     Enabled
                                                                                
This Command:on2 
                                                                                
                                                                                

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

Function            Number   Status
Trace Msg Sent        1      Disabled
Multi-DB Stby Updates 2      Enabled
AIT/BTM/ALM 32h Ext2  3      Enabled
Card Synchronization  4      Disabled
Loop Access Dev Init  5      Disabled
Auto allocate UXM UBU 6      Disabled
Trace Conv Msg        7      Disabled
Automatic Cbus Diags  8      Disabled
Region memory init    9      Disabled
VT Clk Switch Evt Log 10     Disabled


This Command:on3
                                                                                

UXM-T3

sw197          TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 PST  

TRK  8.1 Config       T3/636   [96000 cps]  UXM slot:8                         
Transmit Trunk Rate: 96000  cps          Payload Scramble:    No           
Rcv Trunk Rate:      96000  cps          Connection Channels: 256          
Pass sync:           Yes                 Gateway Channels:    200          
Loop clock:          No                  Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Statistical Reserve: 5000   cps          Incremental CDV:     0            
Header Type:         NNI                 Deroute delay time:  0 seconds    
VPI Address:         1                   VC Shaping:          No           
Routing Cost:        10                  VPC Conns disabled:  No           
Idle code:           7F hex             
Restrict PCC traffic:No                 
Link type:           Terrestrial        
Line framing:        PLCP               
Line cable length:   0-225 ft.          
HCS Masking:         Yes                
                                                                                
Last Command:dsptrkcnf 8.1
                                                                                

sw197          TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 PST  

TRK  8.1 Parameters:
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  532]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [  532]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [  795]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [  795]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]

                                                                                
This Command:cnftrkparm 8.1 

UXM-T1-IMA (with 1 physical only line up)

                   
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Dec. 25 2001 12:40 PST  
                                                                                
TRK  8.4 Config       T1/24    [3622  cps]  UXM slot:8                          
IMA Group Member(s):  4                   Line coding:          B8ZS            
Retained links:       1                   Line cable type:      ABAM            
Transmit Trunk Rate:  3622   cps          Line cable length:    0-131 ft.       
Rcv Trunk Rate:       3622   cps          HCS Masking:          Yes             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Payload Scramble:     No              
Loop clock:           No                  Connection Channels:  256             
Statistical Reserve:  1000   cps          Gateway Channels:     200             
Header Type:          NNI                 Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
VPI Address:          1                   IMA Protocol Option:  Disabled        
Routing Cost:         10                  IMA Max. Diff. Dly:   200 msec.       
Idle code:            7F hex              IMA Clock Mode:       CTC             
Restrict PCC traffic: No                  Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Link type:            Terrestrial         VC Shaping:           No              
Line framing:         ESF                 VPC Conns disabled:   No              
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 8.4                                                     
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                

mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Aug. 16 2001  20:46 PST 
                                                                                

TRK  8.4 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [   600/   600]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [   22]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [   21]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [   30]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [   28]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
                                                                                
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]                                          
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]                                          
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)                     
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]                                          
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]                                          
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]                                          
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 8.4                                                    
                                                                    

            

UXM-T1-IMA (with 4 physical lines up)

sw197          TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Aug. 16 2001 19:04 PST 

TRK 14.5(4) Config    T1/95    [14339 cps]  UXM slot:14                        
IMA Group Member(s): 5-8                 Line coding:         B8ZS         
Retained links:      4                   Line cable type:     ABAM         
Transmit Trunk Rate: 14339  cps          Line cable length:   0-131 ft.    
Rcv Trunk Rate:      14339  cps          HCS Masking:         Yes          
Pass sync:           Yes                 Payload Scramble:    No           
Loop clock:          No                  Connection Channels: 256          
Statistical Reserve: 1000   cps          Gateway Channels:    200          
Header Type:         NNI                 Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
VPI Address:         1                   Incremental CDV:     0            
Routing Cost:        10                  IMA Protocol Option: Enabled      
Idle code:           7F hex              IMA Max. Diff. Dly:  200 msec.    
Restrict PCC traffic:No                  IMA Clock Mode:      CTC          
Link type:           Terrestrial         Deroute delay time:  0 seconds    
Line framing:        ESF                 VC Shaping:          No           
                                                                                
Last Command:dsptrkcnf 14.5
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                

sw197          TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Aug. 16 2001 19:04 PST 

TRK 14.5(4) Parameters:
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [   600/   600]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [   82]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [   82]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [  115]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [  115]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]


This Command:cnftrkparm 14.5 
                                                                                

                                                                                
                                                                               

UXM-E1-IMA (with only one physical line up)

                                                                          
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Dec. 25 2001 12:40 PST  
                                                                                
TRK  8.1 Config       E1/30    [4528  cps]  UXM slot:8                          
Line DS-0 map:        1-15,17-31          Line coding:          HDB3            
IMA Group Member(s):  1                   Line recv impedance:  120 ohm         
Retained links:       1                   HCS Masking:          Yes             
Transmit Trunk Rate:  4528   cps          Payload Scramble:     Yes             
Rcv Trunk Rate:       4528   cps          Connection Channels:  256             
Pass sync:            Yes                 Gateway Channels:     200             
Loop clock:           No                  Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Statistical Reserve:  1000   cps          IMA Protocol Option:  Disabled        
Header Type:          NNI                 IMA Max. Diff. Dly:   200 msec.       
VPI Address:          1                   IMA Clock Mode:       CTC             
Routing Cost:         10                  Deroute delay time:   0 seconds       
Idle code:            54 hex              VC Shaping:           No              
Restrict PCC traffic: No                  VPC Conns disabled:   No              
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 8.1                                                     
                                                                              

mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Dec. 25 2001 12:40 PST  
                                                                                
TRK  8.1 Parameters:                                                            
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [   27]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [   26]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [   37]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [   36]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    

This Command: cnftrkparm 8.1                                                    

                                                                                

UXM-E1-IMA (4 physical lines up)

                                                                                
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Dec. 25 2001 12:40 PST  

TRK  8.1(4) Config    E1/119   [17962 cps]  UXM slot:8                         
Line DS-0 map:        1-15,17-31          Line coding:          HDB3         
IMA Group Member(s):  1-4                 Line recv impedance:  120 ohm      
Retained links:       4                   HCS Masking:          Yes          
Transmit Trunk Rate:  17962  cps          Payload Scramble:     Yes          
Rcv Trunk Rate:       17962  cps          Connection Channels:  256          
Pass sync:            Yes                 Gateway Channels:     200          
Loop clock:           No                  Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Statistical Reserve:  1000   cps          IMA Protocol Option:  Enabled      
Header Type:          NNI                 IMA Max. Diff. Dly:   200 msec.    
VPI Address:          1                   IMA Clock Mode:       CTC          
Routing Cost:         10                  Deroute delay time:   0 seconds    
Idle code:            54 hex              VC Shaping:           No           
Restrict PCC traffic: No                  VPC Conns disabled:   No           
Link type:            Terrestrial        
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 8.1

                                                                                
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Dec. 25 2001 12:40 PST  

TRK  8.1(4) Parameters:
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  101]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [  100]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [  148]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [  147]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]
Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    

This Command: cnftrkparm 8.1                                                    
                                                                                

UXM-E3

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:40 GMT  

TRK  7.1 Config       E3/530   [80000 cps]  UXM slot:7                         
Transmit Trunk Rate: 80000  cps          Payload Scramble:    Yes          
Rcv Trunk Rate:      80000  cps          Connection Channels: 256          
Pass sync:           Yes                 Gateway Channels:    200          
Loop clock:          No                  Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Statistical Reserve: 5000   cps          Incremental CDV:     0            
Header Type:         NNI                 Deroute delay time:  0 seconds    
VPI Address:         1                   VC Shaping:          No           
Routing Cost:        10                  VPC Conns disabled:  No           
Idle code:           7F hex             
Restrict PCC traffic:No                 
Link type:           Terrestrial        
Line framing:        HEC                
Line cable length:   0-225 ft.          
HCS Masking:         Yes                
                                                                                
Last Command:dsptrkcnf 7.1
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:44 GMT  

TRK  7.1 Parameters:
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 15000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  443]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [  443]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [  662]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [  662]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]


This Command:cnftrkparm 7.1 
                                                                                
                                                                                

UXM-OC3

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:44 GMT  

TRK  6.1 Config       OC3      [353207cps]  UXM slot:6                         
Transmit Trunk Rate: 353208 cps          Connection Channels: 256          
Rcv Trunk Rate:      353207 cps          Gateway Channels:    200          
Pass sync:           Yes                 Traffic:V,TS,NTS,FR,FST,CBR,N&RVBR,ABR
Loop clock:          No                  Incremental CDV:     0            
Statistical Reserve: 5000   cps          Frame Scramble:      Yes          
Header Type:         NNI                 Deroute delay time:  0 seconds    
VPI Address:         1                   VC Shaping:          No           
Routing Cost:        10                  VPC Conns disabled:  No           
Idle code:           7F hex             
Restrict PCC traffic:No                 
Link type:           Terrestrial        
Line framing:        STM-1              
HCS Masking:         Yes                
Payload Scramble:    Yes                
                                                                                
Last Command:dsptrkcnf 6.1
                                                                                
                                                                                
                                                                                

mulder         TRM   Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35    Dec. 25 2001 12:44 GMT  

TRK  6.1 Parameters:
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  2500/ 10000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 10000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [   20]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [   20]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (%)  [   20]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  2.0]
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP/EPD- Rx_Space (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  N/A]   23 BDataA [  N/A]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  N/A]   24 BDataB [  N/A]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
 8 BDataA [   80]    10 BDataA [   60]     25 BDataA [   80]   27 BDataA [   60]
 9 BDataB [   80]    11 BdataB [   60]     26 BDataB [   80]   28 BDataB [   60]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [ 1952]    15 BDataA [10000]     29 rt-VBR [ 1952]   32 BDataA [10000]
13 Non TS [ 2925]    16 BDataB [10000]     30 Non TS [ 2925]   33 BDataB [10000]
14 TS     [ 1000]    17 HighPri[ 1000]     31 TS     [ 1000]   34 HighPri[ 1000]Rx Queue Depth(D)    Tx Queue Depth(D)    Rx EFCN       (%)    Tx EFCN       (%)
35 CBR    [  600]    38 CBR    [  600]
36 nrt-VBR[ 5000]    39 nrt-VBR[ 5000]
37 ABR    [20000]    40 ABR    [20000]    47 ABR    [   20]    48 ABR    [   20]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP/EPD(%)    Tx High CLP   (%)    Tx Low CLP/EPD(%)
41 CBR    [   80]    44 CBR    [   60]    49 CBR    [   80]    52 CBR    [   60]
42 nrt-VBR[   80]    45 nrt-VBR[   60]    50 nrt-VBR[   80]    53 nrt-VBR[   60]
43 ABR    [   80]    46 ABR    [   60]    51 ABR    [   80]    54 ABR    [   60]

                                                                                
This Command:cnftrkparm 6.1 


NTM-T1

mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Dec. 25 2001 12:44 PST  
                                                                                
TRK  5 Config         T1/24    [8000  pps]  NTM slot:5                          
Line DS-0 map:        0-23                                                      
Pass sync:            Yes                                                       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            7F hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line framing:         D4                                                        
Line coding:          B8ZS                                                      
Line cable type:      ABAM                                                      
Line cable length:    0-133 ft.                                                 
Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST                                           
Deroute delay time:   0 seconds                                                 
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 5                                                       
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Dec. 25 2001 12:44 PST  
                                                                                
TRK  5 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [   600/   600]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  2500/ 15000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [  N/A]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [  N/A]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  128]   23 BDataA [  128]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  128]   24 BDataB [  128]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  N/A]    10 BDataA [  N/A]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [  N/A]    11 BdataB [  N/A]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  N/A]    15 BDataA [  N/A]     29 rt-VBR [   22]   32 BDataA [  600]
13 Non TS [  N/A]    16 BDataB [  N/A]     30 Non TS [   30]   33 BDataB [  600]
14 TS     [  N/A]    17 HighPri[  N/A]     31 TS     [ 2648]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 5                                                      

NTM-E1

                                                                                
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Dec. 25 2001 12:44 PST  
                                                                                
TRK  6 Config         E1/32    [10666 pps]  NTM slot:6                          
Line DS-0 map:        0-31                                                      
Pass sync:            Yes                                                       
Loop clock:           No                                                        
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Idle code:            54 hex                                                    
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Line coding:          HDB3                                                      
Line CRC:             No                                                        
Line recv impedance:  75 ohm + gnd                                              
Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST                                           
Deroute delay time:   0 seconds                                                 
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 6                                                       
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Dec. 25 2001 12:44 PST  
                                                                                
TRK  6 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [  N/A]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [  N/A]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  128]   23 BDataA [  128]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  128]   24 BDataB [  128]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  N/A]    10 BDataA [  N/A]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [  N/A]    11 BdataB [  N/A]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  N/A]    15 BDataA [  N/A]     29 rt-VBR [   28]   32 BDataA [  600]
13 Non TS [  N/A]    16 BDataB [  N/A]     30 Non TS [   40]   33 BDataB [  600]
14 TS     [  N/A]    17 HighPri[  N/A]     31 TS     [ 2632]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 6                                                      
      


NTM-SR

                                                                                
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Dec. 25 2001 12:44 PST  
                                                                                
TRK  7 Config         SR/30    [10000 pps]  NTM slot:7                          
Subrate interface:    X.21                                                      
Subrate data rate:    1920 kbps                                                 
Pass sync:            No                                                        
Loop clock:           Yes                                                       
Statistical Reserve:  1000   pps                                                
Routing Cost:         10                                                        
Restrict PCC traffic: No                                                        
Link type:            Terrestrial                                               
Traffic:              V,TS,NTS,FR,FST                                           
Deroute delay time:   0 seconds                                                 
                                                                                
This Command: dsptrkcnf 7                                                       
                                                                                
                                                                                
mulder         TN    Cisco           IGX 8420  9.3.35   Dec. 25 2001 12:44 PST  
                                                                                
TRK  7 Parameters:                                                              
 1 Yel Alm-In/Out (D)  [  1000/  2000]     18 Red Alm-In/Out (D) [  1000/  2000]
 2 Rx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)   [  N/A]     19 Tx Max Age - rt-VBR   (D)  [   20]
 3 Rx EFCN  - BdataB     (D)   [  N/A]     20 Tx EFCN    - BdataB   (D)  [   30]
 4 Gateway Efficiency    (D)   [  N/A]                                          
 5 EFCN     - Rx Space   (D)   [  N/A]     Tx Age Step2  (D)   Tx Age Step   (D)
 6 Low CLP  - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     21 BDataA [  128]   23 BDataA [  128]
 7 High CLP - Rx_Space   (%)   [  N/A]     22 BDataB [  128]   24 BDataB [  128]
Rx High CLP   (%)    Rx Low CLP    (%)     Tx High CLP   (%)   Tx Low CLP    (%)
 8 BDataA [  N/A]    10 BDataA [  N/A]     25 BDataA [  100]   27 BDataA [  100]
 9 BDataB [  N/A]    11 BdataB [  N/A]     26 BDataB [   75]   28 BDataB [   25]
Receive Queue Depth                (D)     Transmit Queue Depth              (D)
12 rt-VBR [  N/A]    15 BDataA [  N/A]     29 rt-VBR [   27]   32 BDataA [  600]
13 Non TS [  N/A]    16 BDataB [  N/A]     30 Non TS [   37]   33 BDataB [  600]
14 TS     [  N/A]    17 HighPri[  N/A]     31 TS     [ 2636]   34 HighPri[  100]
                                                                                
This Command: cnftrkparm 7 

Appendix A. BXM Firmware MFR Release Notes

About the Firmware MFR

BXM Firmware version M.F.R. supports all the existing interfaces and models of BXM hardware. Following table outlines various levels of hardware revisions supported for BXM firmware version M.F.R.

Front Cards

Model Num  Description  FW model  HW Rev  FW Rev 

BXM-155-4

4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

B

MFR

BXM-155-8

8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

B

MFR

BXM-622

1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)

F

D

MFR

BXM-622-2

2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)

F

D

MFR

BXM-T3-8

8 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

B

MFR

BXM-T3-12

12 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

B

MFR

BXM-E3-8

8 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

B

MFR

BXM-E3-12

12 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

B

MFR

BXM-155-8DX

8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-155-8D

8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-155-4DX

4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-155-4D

4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-622-2DX

2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-622-2D

2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-622-DX

1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-T3-12EX

12 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-T3-12E

12 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-T3-8E

8 port T3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-E3-12EX

12 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-E3-12E

12 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-E3-8E

8 port E3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

Front Card for APS Compatibility

Model Num  Description  FW model  HW Rev  FW Rev 

BXM-155-4

4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

C

MFR

BXM-155-8

8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

C

MFR

BXM-622

1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)

F

E

MFR

BXM-622-2

2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)

F

E

MFR

BXM-155-8DX

8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-155-8D

8 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-155-4DX

4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-155-4D

4 port OC3 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-622-2DX

2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-622-2D

2 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BXM-622-DX

1 port OC12 Line Module (Front Card)

F

A0

MFR

BackCards

Model Num  Description  HW Rev  FW Rev 

MMF-155-4

4 port multi-mode fiber back card

A

na

MMF-155-8

8 port multi-mode fiber back card

A

na

SMF-155-4

4 port single-mode fiber intermediate-reach back card

A

na

SMF-155-8

8 port single-mode fiber intermediate-reach back card

A

na

SMFMR-155-4

4 port single-mode fiber long-reach back card

A

na

SMFMR-155-8

4 port single-mode fiber long-reach back card

A

na

SMF-622

1 port intermediate-reach OC12 back card

A

na

SMF-622-2

2 port intermediate-reach OC12 back card

A

na

SMFMR-622

1 port long-reach OC12 back card

A

na

SMFMR-622-2

2 port long-reach OC12 back card

A

na

XLR-622

1 port extra long-reach OC12 back card

A

na

XLR-622-2

2 port extra long-reach OC12 back card

A

na

BPX-T3/E3-12

12 port T3/E3 back card

A

na

BPX-T3/E3-8

8 port T3/E3 back card

A

na

RDNT-LR-622-2

2 port long-reach OC12 redundant back card

A

na

RDNT-SM-622-2

2 port intermediate reach OC12 redundant back cards

A

na

RDNT-SM-622

1 port intermediate reach OC12 redundant back cards

A

na

RDNT-LR-155-8

8 port long-reach OC3 redundant back cards

A

na

RDNT-SM-155-4

4 port intermediate-reach OC3 redundant back cards

A

na

RDNT-SM-155-8

8 port intermediate-reach OC3 redundant back cards

A

na

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFR:

Bug fix only.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFP:

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFN:

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFM:

Bug fix only.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFK:

LCN cac with policying parameters set by PNNI controller. (Look at "Notes Cautions & Clarifications" for warnings).

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFJ:

Bug fix only.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFH:

1. Dynamic partitioning feature is supported on BXM card by default. Remote Shell Feature through the BCC CLI provides a mechanism to turn off this feature.

2. SPVC feeder support.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFF

1. Use of separate qbin to guarantee bandwidth resources for the control channels of VSI controllers.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFE

Bug fix only. Support for APS 1:1 added for VSI.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFD

Bug fix only.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFC

1. Support for SES (PNNI controller).

2. BootCore enhancement to support multi-vendor flash-SIMMs.

3. 1 msec granularity for tstdelay measurement.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFB

1. Multiple VSI (2.2) partition feature. Three partitions are supported.

2. Hitless Connection Density Upgrade for BXM.

3. SCR and PCR policing at less than 50 CPS for T3/E3 BXMs.

4. Control Traffic Shaping.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MFA

1. Multiple VSI (2.2) partition feature. (Two partitions).


Note   First release in MF branch of firmware.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEC

There is no new feature in release MEC.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEB

There is no new feature in release MEB.

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MEA

1. VSI version 2.2 (single partition).

2. ITUT Annex B and configurable Signal Degrade (SD) and Signal Failure (SF) thresholds for SONET Linear APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1, 2 card, 1:1).

The current default thresholds are as follows:

BIP count  Condition 

10^-4

SF detected

10^-5

SD detected & SF clear

10^-6

SD clear & SF clear

New Features supported in BXM Firmware MDA

1. Support for Virtual Trunking.

2. Support for BXM Multi-Level Channel Statistics.

3. SONET Linear APS on BXM-OC3 and BXM-OC12 (1+1, 2 card, 1:1).

4. Support for card based LMI and ILMI.

5. Upgrade from VSI 1.1 to VSI 2.2 is supported in this release. See upgrade section on next page.

Special Installation/Upgrade Requirements

APS Issues

Upgrading from MEK and lower firmware to MFR when feeder trunks are utilized with APS while the BPX node does not have APS requires the following procedure:

1. Change the POP1 feeder to use APS1+1 unidirectional AND disable K1K2 processing (may need to delete and then add back APS). On the BPX temporarily configure to use unidirectional mode.

2. After POP1 dspapsln shows both lines OK, delete the APS line on the BPX.

3. Proceed to upgrade the BXM cards as if YRED.

4. After both cards are MFR, add back the APS on the BPX.

5. Reconfigure both POP1 and BPX to use the appropriate APS configurations.

BXM cards with M.C.B/M.D.A firmware or later can be smoothly migrated to the M.F.A or above version of firmware by using y-cable redundancy. To upgrade a BXM card pair in y-red configuration, first upgrade the standby card with the MFA or above firmware version and wait for all the configuration to be downloaded into the card. Do a switchyred to switch to the card with firmware M.F.A or above version and burn the other card also with desired version MFA or above firmware. Follow the standard firmware upgrade procedure for downloading and burning the firmware into the cards.

If BCC swsw version is 9.1.18 and dspnovram shows 0 or 4 for Number of Channel Stats it should be OK to go directly to MFC or above versions from MCC.

Channel Stats Issues

While upgrading from firmware, on OC3, 1 port OC12 BXM cards, if stats level on BXM is greater than 1, the upgrade should take place according to the one of the upgrade procedures below.

Upgrading from firmware revision MEA or higher.


Step 1   swsw should be upgraded to 9.2.30 or higher first,

Step 2   Upgrade the firmware to MFR.



Upgrading from firmware revision lower than MEA.


Step 1   Firmware should be upgraded to MEC

Step 2   Upgrade the swsw to 9.2.30 or higher revision

Step 3   Upgrade the firmware to MFR.

The procedure above will avoid card mismatch.

Burn firmware should not be interrupted. Card resets in the middle of burn firmware will result in the BXM being maintained in the core state (Identified by blinking yellow LED), or failed state (Identified by a solid red led). In this case the dspcds screen will report the card as FAILED. This state can be recovered by reburning the firmware into the card.

Features obsoleted

1. VSI 1.0 is obsoleted by VSI 2.2 in the MDA release onwards.

2. From versions MFJ to MFN channel statistics level 0 is no longer supported for BXM-155-4, BXM-155-8, BXM-622, BXM-622-2, BXM-T3-8, BXM-T3-12, BXM-E3-8, BXM-E3-12 models.

In all other models channel statistics level 0 is supported by all firmware versions i.e. (BXM-155-8DX, BXM-155-8D, BXM-155-4DX, BXM-155-4D, BXM-622-2DX, BXM-622-2D, BXM-622-DX, BXM-T3-12EX, BXM-T3-12E, BXM-T3-8E, BXM-E3-12EX, BXM-E3-12E, BXM-E3-8E).

Notes, Cautions & Clarifications

1. BXM Model F firmware is intended for use with 9.3 switch software. BXM Model F firmware may be used to upgrade BXMs during the upgrade process from switch software release 9.2 to 9.3. BXM Model F firmware has not been tested for compatibility with release 8.4, 8.5, and 9.1 switch software. It is compatible with IOS version 12.05t2 or greater for MPLS.

2. M.F.E is a not on CCO, as it an orion specific release.

3. Protection Switching based on BER on BXM may not comply to standards. The GR-253 & ITU-T G.783 requires that switching be completed within 60 msec from the time the error starts. BXM is unable to detect BER threshold crossing until the next poll, which occurs every 250 msec. Thus, switching time may be up to 250 msec under certain circumstances.

4. In APS 1+1 default configuration, both backcard LEDs show green when primary card is active and selection is from PROT line. When primary card is active and it is selecting from PROT, PROT backcard should be green, since it is carrying traffic. WORK backcard should also be green since that is the physical path for the primary (and active) card to pass traffic. So backcard LED green means the backcard is directly or indirectly carrying traffic and pulling the backcard will cause traffic disruption. (CSCdm53430).

5. In APS 1+1 default configuration and a manual W->P is on and a switchyred is issued, a manual W->P event is logged. By default, on switchyred the new active card comes up in "clear" state. But in this case since there is a manual W->P on, the APS line switches to PROT and the switching is logged. (CSCdm53404).

6. In APS 1+1 default configuration if the selected line is PROT and last user request is clear and a switchyred is issued, line switches to WORK. If the last user request is "clear", full automatic APS switching is in effect with the working line being active by default. When there is no last user switch request to switch to any particular line, the working line will become active. (CSCdm53420).

7. When APS Annex B is added to local end which has the Secondary card active, the APS trunk goes into Comm Failure for few seconds and then clears. If Secondary card is active, then do a switchyred to make Primary card active and then add APS Annex B. (CSCdm46359).

8. MFK and above versions support LCN cac for class of services. Controller will reserve some LCNs for control VC as default. These reserved LCN can not be used by any class of service any more in MFR. If all the LCNs for the partition has been used in a version earlier than MFK, after MFR is updated in the switch, some connections may not be added because they try to use LCNs reserved for control VC which is not allowed. You need to configure more LCNs for the partition to make sure there is enough LCNs for all the connections.

9. The OC-3 MultiMode Fiber backcards do not support Y-cable redundancy.

10. APS 1:1 is not supported for VSI in versions before MFE. (Bug CSCdp42996) APS 1:1 should not be configured on ports intended to be used by PNNI or MPLS, as after switchover traffic flow is stalled on the protection line for releases before MFE. However in MFE and above, this problem is fixed.

11. Total BW allocated to all VSI partitions on a BXM should not be more that OC12 rate i.e., 1412832 cells/s. Currently BCC swsw allows uses to configure more than OC12 rate, in which case all the PNNI connection commit requests would be NACKed by BXM.

12. In firmware versions prior to MFF signalling bandwidth for SES controller was not guaranteed. In MFF and above the signalling Qbin feature has been added (with Sw/Sw 9.3.10 and above and SES image 1.0.10 and above) to guarantee signalling bandwidth.

13. In version MFP and above Stats Level 0 is not supported. If a card was configured with Stats Level 0 with VSI enabled in a previous release of firmware, upon upgrading to MFR, mismatch will occur. Customers will have to reconfigure their card to Stats Level 1 or above before upgrading, otherwise VSI operation will be impacted.

Known Anomalies

The following is the list of known anomalies for the BXM firmware.

Bug ID Description Apply to SES

CSCdr11810

Symptoms:

BXM does not report Abit when SPVC fdr is provisioned w/o AR fdr segment.

Conditions:

Add SPVC feeder segment. Do not provision an AR feeder. Abit failure should be reported. SWSW 8.5.10

Reproducible.

Workaround:

None. This would be an enhancement.

NO

Bugs Fixed in MFR

CSCdv31049

Symptom:

BXM sets K1 Tx to Force Switch instead of Reverse Request even though remote had already been sending a Force Switch. BXM, however, maintains the correct line.

Condition:

Remote end already had a Force Switch to Working line in effect, and local BXM receives a user command to do a Force Switch to the Protection line.

Workaround:

Clear the BXM Force switch command.

CSCdv77996

Symptom:

dspapsln reports wrong info w.r.t. aps when one ofhte yred cards is out.

Conditions:

SWSW: 9.3.30 FW: MJ01.

When one card of aps pair is removed, then reset dspapsln shows lines as ok. Should show APS deactivated.

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCdv90721

Symptom:

The prevalent symptom is Tx BIP 16 and B-Frame Parity slot errors on BXM-622 or BXM-155 cards. Occasional SIU Phase and Rx BIP 16 errors may also occur on BXM-622 and BXM-155 cards depending on the severity of the problem.

Conditions:

Can occur with any version of BXM firmware on BXM-622 or BXM-155 cards. The aggregate cell transfer rate of the BXM card is 1,412,832 cells/second so the problem can occur on BXM-622 or BXM-155 cards even if the load on each line is well below line rate. The problem occurs during oversubscription when multiple high speed cards have traffic destined for a particular card through the switching fabric.

Workaround:

To solve the BCC-4 software error 742 problem upgrade switch software to

9.1.22, 9.2.31, 9.3.00 or later.

CSCdw16362

Symptoms:

BXM card dead while burning the firmware.

Condition:

Burning fw from MFN to MF01.

Workaround:

Manually reset the BXM card.

Bugs Fixed in MFP

CSCds47753

Symptoms:

Card error will happen in standby "VrmDekConnEndPoint Try to delete".

Condition:

When standby syncs up with active, it tries to delete a not existing connection.

Workaround:

The card error indicates that there is a invalid try of deleting a non-existing connection. It should not create any problem in existing or new connection.

CSCds75845

Symtom:

There is no ER stamping cell generated from BPX in Orion environment. Although, CI is set to be off and ER is on by using cnfabrparam, CI cells are still observed where there is congestion.

Condition:

When the connection is routed by PNNI (created by using SES controller.)

Workaround:

No workaround.

CSCdt55356

Symptom:

After configured status of all nni links to dwon at orion node svcpop2, then configured all links up. while the 100k spvc connections are derouting and rerouting. at BXM, slot 11, 12, 13 and 14 are reset by itself.

Condition:

MGX nodes p2spvc4 and p2spvc3(via node) both have standalone PXM45-B card.

Initially 100K spvc connections have been established between p2spvc4 and orion node svcpop2 end points.

Workaround:

It was found that a deadlock in the firmware code (SC_task and device's driver). In order to solve the problem, mutual-exclusion semaphore is selected for QE, SABRE, SIMBA and RCMP instead of binary semaphore.

CSCdu21842

Symptom:

ILMI does not report correct status of the ATM PVCs when Protocol by card is enabled.

Conditions:

When a BPX is connected to a router through a BXM card and ILMI Protocol is run by the card.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt82384

Symptom:

APS trunk built on BXM-155-4d. sf and sd thresholds set to 5 and UNI-direction non-revertive switching with cnfapsln.

Random logic errors inserted into the working pair of the trunk to observe protection switch at sf threshold.

Good switch at 1 in 10^3 and 10^5 but when 1 in 10^4 inserted trunk goes unstable repeatedly switching from working to protection and vice versa.

Trunk continues to toggle until errors removed.

Conditions:

BXM-155 enhanced cards using APS card cage and injecting 10^4 error rate into one of the working lines.

Workaround:

CSCdu04976

Symptom:

Around 200 SPVCs stuck in Rx ais after resetting BCC.

Conditions:

Resetting the BCC during resync with a SES controller causes this problem as the AIS bit-map is cleared.

PXM: 1.1(50.100)A1

BXM: MF15

SWSW: 9.3.3E

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCdu29758

Symptom:

After power cycle BXM card send the OAM F4 Segment loopback from ADTECH test equipment to BXM received a different VCI value.

Conditions:

The first couple of loopback cells received have incorrect VCI values.

BXM=MFJ, BPX 9.2.31

BXMa-BPX==BPX-BXMb<-> ADTECH (OAM F4Loopback)

Workaround:

None.

CSCdu63175

Symptom:

LOF and Bert_SD alarm uncleared on BXM.

Conditions:

1+1 aps with bi-dir on BPX and MGX.

Workaround:

switchcdred/switchyred on BXM.

CSCdu89263

Symptom:

When running XLMI on a BXM port which is connected to an AXSM enni port, BXM XLMI sending slot 0 and incorrect port number in the node status msg.

BXM XLMI is configured with polling disabled.

Conndition:

Running XLMI and disable the polling.

Workaround:

Enable the polling, then disable it.

CSCdv18519

Symptom:

In reading MF* BXM MFM fw release notes, it was discovered the Stats collection level 0 is no longer supported in MFM and beyond. Ie, Stats level 0 supports 32k cons stats level 1 16k cons.

Condition:

9.3.3V

MF21

Workaround:

See MFM release notes Stat level 0 no longer supported on Legacy BXM cards.

CSCdv21924

Symptom:

By running XLMI, when the NodeStatus message didn't get ack back, it would retry every T396 (polling timer), instead of using the correct T393 timer.

Condition:

When XLMI is configured and link/line is down. XLMI NodeStatus retry mechanism kicks in. But a wrong timer T396 was used for retrying interval.

Workaround:

It won't cause any service interrupting or deteriorating and it won't show up under normal operating condition. If a specific NodeStatus retry interval is really needed, one can configure T396 to that value temporarily before the fix is in.

CSCdv21999

Symptom:

BXM sends a port failure VSI msg to the controller after switchyred.

Conditions:

Under yred configuration, and running LMI on PNNI port on this card. Switchyred so the standby card become active and the port on standby card from failure state to OK.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv32466

Symptom:

A enni port is still showing as failed after switchyred when it become OK.

Conditions:

Yred and APS 1+1 are configured. XLMI is runng on the enni port. On the previous active card, the port was in a fail state. When the failure got recovered very quick during the switchyred, BXM missed the OK report to BCC,so BCC still shows this port as fail state.

SW and FW version: 9.3.30 MF25

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv43448

Symptom:

The command dsppnports shows the port in "LostConnectivity" state.

Condition:

Disable ilmi on bpx using cnfvsiif.

Workaround:

Reset the card. This problem happens only in MFN due to the chkin done in Aug 13 2001. Or use Firmware image newer than MFN.

CSCdv52437

Symptom:

Comm Failure after Working line experiences "Remote Yellow".

Conditions:

APS 1+1 bidirectional mode GR-253 and ITU After remote experiences LOS on Protection line, the local active Working line will have a Remote Yellow alarm. This alarm eventually causes a Communications failure, and traffic will be rerouted.

Workaround:

Use unidirectional mode.

CSCdv57400

Symptom:

Customer removes commands under ATM interface or tears vc down and up again the router will send two traps to the BXM VSI port but only looks like it is re-acting to the first trap hence the remote router will receive AIS and then transmit RDI. The connection will never come out of this state unless the remote end from the SES is bounced.

Conditions:

Must be attached to a PNNI VSI port on the BXM.

Workaround:

1) Switch ILMI off on the port.

2) disable oam-manage on the routers.

CSCdv58157

Symptom:

On BXM switchover, the VSI abr VP falls to MCR.

Condition:

BXM FW upto MFN (MF30). Standby BXM should collect this VP abr connection during initial data transfer phase. ie. Standby BXM is inserted later than active card or is reset after connection provisioning. Check with 'rsh slot# sabre GetSabreParams sabre# lcn#' and look for 'Path con' field. Switchover to stdby in this case will cause the problem.

Workaround:

Reassert/resync all the connections.

Use firmware later than MFN.

CSCdv62493

Symptom:

BXM does not send Node status counters to BCC.

Conditions:

XLMI is running on card.

Workaround:

None. This is an enhancement.

CSCdv66806

Symptom:

Dax conn does not get rerouted if added when slave interface is down; and later when slave interface is brought back up.

Condition:

This is applicable only for dax conns on Orion - not on MGX2.

Workaround:

Delete and re-add the dax conn when the slave interface is up - it will get routed.

CSCdv86166

Symptom:

A feeder trk shows UNREACHABLE after switchyred, while it was actually uprunning without any communication problem.

Condition:

When running FDR-LMI in a yred pair, the FDR trunk was in a fail state. After switchyred, the FDR trunk changed its state to be OK, however, dspnode still shows this fdr trk was in the UNREASHABLE state.

Workaround:

No service impact, though the fdr trk shows as unreable. To get the correct state, reset the card.

Bugs Fixed in MFN

CSCds08461

Symptoms:

Incorrect operations (SF_LOW sent) after detecting mode mismatch.

Conditions:

BXM configured as APS 1+1 Bidirectional mode, and is attached to a node configured as 1+1 Unidirectional.

Workaround:

Manual administrative intervention to synchronize both nodes to the appropriate mode.

CSCds53524

Symptom:

SWLOG error 109 on BPX.

Condition:

SWSW 9.3.10, Cards: BXM 155.

While adding connections between BPX nodes found a swlog 109.

Workaround:

Under Investigation.

CSCds78285

Symptom:

Connections in failed or BuildingVC state.

Condition:

CAC policy was not downloaded to some of the BXMs.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds91102

Symptom:

BXM card interfaces went into provisioning state.

Conditions:

BXM card was reset and pxm did a resync.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt35547

Symptom:

Cell drops at a cbr connection when a cbr connection and an abr connection are congested at an enni trunk.

Condition:

When congestion exists at an enni trunk in a AR/PNNI hybrid network.

Workaround:

No workaround.

CSCdt38471

Symptoms:

The available BXM TCB buffer went down to zero and the card got stuck.

Conditions:

This happened in the 100k SPVC devtest setup. The problem can be reproduced by performing "switchyred" on two BXM redundancy cards.

Workaround:

The reasons to cause TCB buffer leakage were found. Furthermore, the holes in the firmware code have been sealed. The fix will be included in the firmware releases MFM or later.

CSCdt41728

Symptoms:

Card error VrmRetLcnResources was observed.

Conditions:

This bug is reproduced in 100K network when port 1.2 of orses7, which is connected to adtech is seeing temporary LOS. This happened when Adtech is power cycling. Also 1.2 is the end point of 6666 routed SPVCs.

Workaround:

No workaround.

CSCdt53756

Symptom:

ORION had huge CDV value compared to POPEYE2.

Condition:

Always occurs.

Work Around:

None.

CSCdt55356

Symptom:

After configured status of all nni links to dwon at orion node svcpop2, then configured all links up. while the 100k spvc connections are derouting and rerouting. at bxm, slot 11, 12, 13 and 14 are reset by itself.

Condition:

MGX nodes p2spvc4 and p2spvc3(via node) both have standalone PXM45-B card. Initially 100K spvc connections have been established between p2spvc4 and orion node svcpop2 end points.

Workaround:

It was found that a deadlock in the firmware code (SC_task and device's driver). In order to solve the problem, mutual-exclusion semaphore is selected for QE, SABRE, SIMBA and RCMP instead of binary semaphore.

CSCdt68427

Symptom:

After dellp is done traffic isn't right when VP connection and cnfln VC shaping enable.

Condition:

A dellp was done on a VP with VC shaping enabled.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdu08104

Symptom:

AR connections don't pass traffic or some links be in comm fail condition.

Condition:

The intermediate devtest release for VC-merge project had a problem. On downloading this image would some time bring down the trunk.

Workarounds:

There are no known workarounds.

CSCdu12049

Symptom:

BXM Card switches on Nortel exercising to test APS Link. This happens everytime test is completed.

Condition:

BXM card is not reacting to K1 bits correctly.

Workarounds:

There are no known workarounds.

CSCdu20728

Symptom:

One end of the trunk experiences unbalanced Rx/Tx high priority cells in dspqbinstats. Any CBR traffic on the trunk will not be seen in the CBR QBIN stats.

Conditions:

Unknown.

Workaround:

None yet.

CSCdu22039

Symptom:

F4 F5 Code mapping modifications.

Conditions:

None.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdu23725

Symptom:

Attempt to configure the booking factor on a UNI port failed. Err msg: "ERROR: Switch Response returned Failure".

Condition:

The conditions for the error is unknown since the CAC feature on the UNI port hasn't been studied before and there were many activities such as addcon, cable failure prior the problem detected.

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCdu26023

Symptom:

When PNNI&MPLS partitions are configured in a interface with no common pool of bandwidth, only one of the partition will be working fine and the other partition will not come up.

Condition:

When PNNI&MPLS is configured in a interface with no common pool of bandwidth, due to the rounding up of the bandwidth for each service type in PNNI by policy parameters, the total bandwidth of a partition, resulted from adding bandwidths of all service types, will go beyond the max bandwidth of both partitions. Because of this, only the first partition will succeed and the other partition will be rejected by cac.

Workaround:

Provide at least 20 cells of common pool using cnfrsrc command.

CSCdu29758

Symptom:

After power cycle BXM card send the OAM F4 Segment loopback from ADTECH test equipment to BXM received a different VCI value.

Conditions:

BXM=MFJ, BPX 9.2.31

Setup

BXMa-BPX==BPX-BXMb<-> ADTECH (OAM F4Loopback)

Workaround:

None.

CSCdu44350

Symptom:

Although equipment is NOT connected to PROT Line, Standby Line Alarm Status is OK on dspapsln. This symptom appears when CDERR is logged at timing of addapsln.

Conditions:

Standby line is not connected to equipment.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdu48766

Symptom:

VI programming on enhanced cards is improper.

Conditions:

Virtual Trunks were Dropping all cells.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdu50129

Symptom:

While CWM coldstart then down two links with 32K connections at orses2 nodes. CWM can not sync up with orses2 node any more and stuck in mode 2.

Condition:

There are 50K SPVC dax connections at node orses2.

Workaround:

CWM needs to coldstart again.

CSCdu59151

Symptoms:

APS commands switchapsln F/M on PXM fails.

Condition:

BXM running devtest image MF20 with APS configured as ITU-T Annex A and the remote node is any box that strictly adheres to G.783 Annex A, specifically regarding not sending "mode" bits.

Workaround.

Don't use devtest image MF20 for ITUT Annex A.

CSCdu59240

Symptom:

Alarms on 1:1 APS BPX side uncleared after 1:1 aps back to Bi-dir on MGX side.

Conditions:

1:1 aps with bi-dir on BPX and 1:1 aps with uni-dir on MGX.

Workaround:

Unkown.

CSCdu62336

Symptom:

Code clean-up.

Conditions:

None.

Workaround:

Unkown.

CSCdu67053

Symptom:

When BXM OC-3 card was downgraded from M.F.21 to M.E.K contiunous card errors were being logged.

Condition:

M.E.K. FW was burned on the standby card that was configured for Y-Red and had APS 1+1 lines configured with traffic.

Workaround:

Use matching firmware versions on YRED pair.

CSCdu75130

Symptom:

Active card in the y-red pair continuously NAKing the connections.

Resource usage in active and standby card differs.

Conditions:

1. Active card up & running.

2. Intracard connections between two interfaces on the same BXM.

3. Booking factor less that 100% on above interfaces.

4. Stdby card is inserted at this time.

Workaround:

Resetting both the active and sdtby cards at the same time.

CSCdu82229

Symptom:

ILMI polling when "Protocol by Card" is configured to "Yes" is inconsistent and unpredictable.

Conditions:

When ILMI is running on card and its peer is running version 3.0/3.1, the polling interval timer was set with wrong value, which was the 1/5 of the configured polling interval. For correct behavior, refer to SCM note of this bug.

Workaround:

Use OAM instead of ILMI.

CSCdu87060

Symptom:

pnport on orion goes into building vc state.

Condition:

Change the signalling vpi using cnfpnportsig.

Workaround:

Reset the BXM card.

CSCdu88418

Symptom:

After SwSw upgrade from 9.2.34 -> 9.3.3W, BXME OC-12 card with APS 1+1 setup logged swsw err. 105 and card errs.

This problem have been observed several times before.

Conditions:

This event happened after SWSW upgrade.

Workround:

Need DE input.

CSCdv08977

Symptom:

Unable add PNNI VSI connections on a y-red BXM pair when upgraded from BXM to BXM-E. Standby card not in SYNC with active card. Policy parametres for the first interface/partition on the active card missing.

Condition:

BXM Firmware MFN and before. Any Sw/Sw supporting hot upgrade on BXM. Upgrade procedure is followed to upgrade a y-red pair of BXM from BXM to BXM-E cards . Note that the policy params for the first interface/partition on the active card are messed up. If this interface has booking factor less than 100% then above deffect will surface.

Workaround:

Resetting both the BXM cards after upgrade. OR -- Use MFN or later BXM FW before upgrade and on enhanced cards.

CSCdv17853

Symptom:

Fix compiler warnings.

Condition:

None.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdv18775

Symptom:

BXM card err. "ilmi_task.c 323 pIlmiWd: SoItcSend Failed(currsize 500)"

Conditions:

1. This problem occurs after burning BXM FW MF21 -> MJ04

2. It occurs after switchyred

3. It occurs after rerouting of connections

Workaround:

Need a fix from BXM FW DEs.

CSCdv30471

Symptoms:

Active and Standby card do not sync up in terms on number of connections. VSI yred pair.

Conditions:

FW image prior to MFN. When VSI partition #3 is used by controller.

Workaround:

Do not use partition #3.

CSCdv30755

Symptom:

Traffic disconituity on SPVC connections on consecutive switch-yreds on BXMs.

Condition:

To begin with BXM with UNI interfaces should have de-routed connections which are later routed properly. This can happen during initial provisioning of the SPVCs or on re-routing the conns after trunks (NNI) go down and up.

Two or more consecutive switchovers on the BXMs hosting UNI interfaces (persistant endpoints of SPVCs).

Workarounds:

1. Reroute/resync all the connections and reset the stdby card once active card has all conns.

2. Do not do BXM switchovers more than once.

3. Reset standby card before doing the first switchover.

Bugs Fixed in MFM

CSCdr16007

Symptom:

ILMI trap atmfVccChange returns invalid agent-addr (48.48.48.48), while the correct one shall be (0.0.0.0). "ERROR Invalid agent-addr".

Conditions:

The error happens during adding or deleting connections.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr44694

Symptom:

ILMI trap atmfVccChange returns incomplet information. "variable-bindings (none)".

Conditions:

The error happens during adding or deleting connections.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds06835

Symptom:

Nodes become unreachable if CC traffic traverses to the destination node via a UXM-BXM virtual trunk.

Conditions:

CC traffic is passed across virtual trunks.

Workaround:

Change the trunk configuration with cnftrk command to restrict CC traffic on virtual trunks.

CSCds74110

Symptom:

The second leaky bucket doesn't adherer to the leaky bucket algorithm.

When testing a VBR connection on a BXM-E3 you can burst over the expected value for the connection.

Conditions:

A connection can exceed his calculated burst size for a VBR connection.

Workaround:

There is no workaround.

CSCds75477

Symptom:

When a delay of over 200ms is introduced to a trunk with a Addtech tester, 75% of the time the tstdelay result gives a reading lower than the actual RTD. ie we would expect over 400ms but get 150ms.

Conditions:

The tstdelay test reports inaccurate results.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt21547

Symptom:

There is no command available to clear SPVC statistics on SES controller.

Conditions:

SPVC statistics cannot be cleared via SES.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt36060

Symptom:

The tstdelay command intermittedly fails.

Conditions:

Tstdelay intermittedly failed when BPX is configured as a segment endpoint for VCC and VPC established between a MGX abd BPX.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt43471

Symptom:

1. Card errors of "Non Fatal Error id: 0x12000003".

2. Unknown vpi/vci in dsptrkstats and dspportstats.

Conditions:

Enhanced BXM cards with 1 port group and supports greater than 32K LCNs.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt44670

Symptoms:

The available BXM TCB buffer went down to zero and the card got stuck.

Conditions:

This happened in the 100k SPVC devtest setup. The problem can be reproduced by performing "switchyred" on two BXM redundancy cards.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt45820

Symptom:

1. Card errors of "Non Fatal Error id: 0x12000003".

2. Unknown vpi/vci in dsptrkstats and dspportstats.

Conditions:

Enhanced BXM cards with 1 port group and supports greater than 32K LCNs.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt45966

Symptom:

Resync process starts and SPVC connections are re-asserted on BXM switch over.

Condition:

Intra-slave (DACS) SPVC connections are conditioned (AIS/Abit generation) due to external factors.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt46282

Symptom:

On SPVC connection CDVT programmed is not observed when testing.

Conditions:

When user tries to set up the CDVT value to less than 10ms due to a bug in the firmware BXM uses the value 250ms.

Workaround:

Use values above 10ms.

CSCdt48062

Symptom:

Ports remain in "provisioning" state on SES .

Condition:

Enabling /disabling the partitions on BXM interfaces (specially on engineering BXM images after MFJ between MF08 to MF12 ).

Workaround:

Do not re-enable the partition after disabling it. BXM need to be reset if re-enabled configuration has to take effect.

CSCdt58185

Symptom:

The CESM-E8 dropped cells after 1/2 hrs. (Seeing the clock synchronisation problem.

Conditions:

When selecting a clock from the trunk or passing the sync along the trunk. BXM-OC3-D or DX (enhanced) card did not behave properly.

Workaround:

Use any other type of BXM card except for the BXM-OC3 enhanced.

CSCdt78404

Symptom:

70K SPVCs stuck in Rx side AIS after resetsys/switchcc on PXM overnight.

Conditions:

SPVCs stuck in AIS state.

Workaround:

Reset BXM card.

CSCdt75817

Symptom:

Asymetric ABRSTD connections using VSVD will not ramp up ACR to higher than the lower PCR setting.

Conditions:

It happens when an asymmetric ABR connection is added or modified.

Workaround:

The problem was identified as incorrect programming SABRE chip and has been fixed in MFM or later FW.

CSCdt80542

Symptom:

BXM does guarantee at least mcr value on abr connection on a congested port.

Condition:

Traffic was pumped on a congested port having abr conns.

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCdt88482

Symptom:

The available TX cell rate is lot smaller than available RX cell rate. The available TX cell rate for signalling is a huge negative number.

Condition:

100K spvc connections have been established between MGX and BPX nodes.

Workaround:

Reset BXM card.

Bugs Fixed in MFL

CSCds15145

Symptom:

Max BW could be configured as less than Min..

Condition:

This might happen as the policy parameter might not be checked for the consistency.

Workaround:

Do not configure Max below min.

CSCds06835

Symptom:

Nodes become unreachable if CC traffic traverses to the destination node via a UXM-BXM virtual trunk.

Conditions:

CC traffic is passed across virtual trunks.

Workaround:

Change the trunk condfiguration with cnftrk command to restrict CC traffic on virtual trunks.

CSCds75221

Symptom:

When Issuing the command "dspconstats" for abr or ubr connection it does not report the CLP0 and CLP1 correctly.

Conditions:

Statistics for abr and ubr not updated.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdt38554

Symptom:

After executing resetsys on the node(svcpop2) pxm1 cards. There are two ports stuck in building vc.

Condition:

The node(svcpop2) has 100k routed spvc connections.

Workaround:

Unknown.

CSCdt45966

Symptom:

Checksum calculation is not correct in BXM.

Condition:

Connection conditioning via bulk set cmd.

Workaround:

Uppnport/dnpnport on UNI and NNI port and do switchyred to kick resync.

CSCdt48062

Symptom:

Port gets stuck in building VC state.

Condition:

Connection admission control.

Workaround:

Establish connections of various service type and bandwidth requirements.

Bugs Fixed in MFK

CSCdt21322

Symptom:

BXM load info returned to controller is wrong when maxbw set to 0.

Condition:

Reproducible.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp16050

Symptom:

maxvc functionality for CAC not working.

Condition:

Reproducuble.

workaround:

None.

CSCdt04632

Symptoms:

For a vsi partition, the reporting available number of LCN is greater than the maximum number of LCN configued for that partition.

Conditions:

When the port group unused LCN is less than the maximum LCN configured for the partition and the unused LCN for the port group plus the LCN that still left from the reserved ( min-curr) is greater than the max of the partition.

Work around:

None.

CSCds85653

Symptom:

BXM card error of "cb_if.c 1588 CbCoreTxEvent(): Failed core_cbmsg_put: return ...

Condition:

Continually doing switchcc with large amounts of AR/SPVC connections.

Workaround:

Reset BXM card.

CSCds76142

Symptom:

BXM card shows standby-failed status.

Condition:

Download firmware on standby card.

Workaround:

Reset BXM card.

CSCds65105

Symptom:

When pumping the ATM CBR traffic at the rate over = of port line rate (BXM-622), at the egress 'dspchstats' shown the number of cells 'From Network' twice larger than 'To Port'.

Conditions:

DAX conn from BXM-622 port 1-2 on the same node with ADTECH generate traffic.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr19696

Symptom:

User never gets to know when the line is out of SD/SF condition. Both the aps lines always show in OK state in dspapsln.

Conditions:

APS Line switches to stby line because of SD/SF condtion. dspapsln will still show OK for both the lines. This way, user will never get to know when this line has comeout of SD/SF condtion.

Workaround:

Use rsh command to get all the aps line's status.

Bugs Fixed in MFJ

CSCds61912

Symptom:

After downloading new firmware(MF30), card in failed state.

Condition:

Downloading MF30 firmware release.

Workaround:

Don't use MF30 which is a development release between MFH and MFJ.

CSCds11506

Symptom:

Min guranteed cell rate shows a cell less than configured.

Condition:

Setting min BW to say 3333334 and policy BW % to 5859.

Workaround:

Increase the minBW by few cells.

CSCdr19696

Symptom:

User never gets to know when the line is out of SD/SF condition. Both the aps lines always show in OK state in dspapsln.

Conditions:

APS Line switches to stby line because of SD/SF condtion. dspapsln will still show OK for both the lines. This way, user will never get to know when this line has comeout of SD/SF condtion.

Workaround:

Use rsh command to get all the aps line's status.

CSCds32845

Symptom:

Connection commits rejected with reason 'no resources even when resources are actually available.

Condition:

Enabling/disabling a virtual trunk.

Workaround:

Resetting the BXM after disabling a VT on any interface on the card.

CSCds37237

Symptom:

When upgrade BXM firmware image to BXMMFH from images between BXMMFC-BXMMFF, if the network migration flag was enabled in a card before the upgarding, then after burning the new image to the card, the network migration flag becomes disabled mistakenly.

Condition:

The problem only happens to the card whose previous image is BXMMFC-BXMMFF, and the network migration flag was enabled before upgrading, and BXMMFH has to be the new image.

Workaround:

Upgrading to image BXMMFH+ (not including BXMMFH), will not have any problem. Network migration flag is always enabled, and no user command available any more to disable it.

Only for the situation you need to upgrade image to BXMMFH and your card's previous images is BXMMFC-BXMMFF,you may see the problem. The workaroud is, issue either the "rsh <slot> cdcfg netwotk dis" command before the upgrading, or "rsh <slot> cdcfg netwotk ena" after the upgrading, to enable the netwotk migration flag on BXMMFH.

CSCds59710

Symptom:

Loss of traffic on a VPC connection added with VPI=0.

Conditions:

SWSW: 9.3.10

BXM FW: MFF

The port on which the VPC connection has been added has a VSI ctrlr attached to it and the Ctrlr is usingVPI=0 and VCI=x for its signalling channel.

Workaround:

If a VPC connection exists with VPI=0, on the port to which a Ctrlr is to be added, configure the signallingchannel on the controller side to use a VPI other than 0.

CSCds63578

Symptom:

SW errors 105 logged on BXM while adding VSI connections. Subsequent card errors saying CB_TASK restarted.

Condition:

This error sometimes happen when a VSI partition is enabled/disabled many times.

Workaround:

Reset the BXM.

CSCds65105

Symptom:

When pumping the ATM CBR traffic at the rate over = of port line rate (BXM-622), at the egress 'dspchstats' shown the number of cells 'From Network' twice larger than 'To Port'.

Conditions:

DAX conn from BXM-622 port 1-2 on the same node with ADTECH generate traffic.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds67854

Symptom:

SPVC cannot be routed over the virtual trunk even when enough bandwidth and lcn are available. Routed connections discard some traffic.

Condition:

Routing connections of different service types over the virtual trunks.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds04137

Symptom:

Channels remain mismatch after lockout is cleared.

Conditions:

In ITU-T Annex B protocol for APS, when a condition causes a switch to occur while a lockout request is present, the channel change will not resynchronize even after the lockout is cleared.

Workaround:

No.

CSCds53645

Symptom:

ABR connections (PNNI) not programmed properly for redundant slave.

Condition:

Switchyred

When connection is added, redundant card is not there and inserted at later stage.

When connection is added, no redundant config, addyred at later stage.

Workaround:

None.

Bugs Fixed in MFH

CSCds14495

Symptom:

Dynamic Partitioning and SPVC AIS generation would not work on a card until a rsh command is issued to enable the network migration flag and reset the card.

Codition:

When a card comes up and has never enabled the network migration flag for life time. This network migration flag is used for enabling dynamic partitoning and SPVC AIS, status report generations. By default, the flag is disabled.

Workaround:

Use the "rsh <slot> cdcfg netmig en/dis" command to enable/disable the flag, then reset the card once in a liftime.

Bugs Fixed in MFF

CSCds08448

Symptom:

ERS (explicit rate stamping) is working only first virtual trunk and NOT for subsequent VTs (standard ABR).

Cause:

When ERS is enabled on a card basis using "cnfabrparm", the mapping is done on a port-by-port basis. The port_vi is used but for virtual trunks, this mapping does not hold true. Need to change the mapping to the physical port.

Workaround:

On any physical port, just set up one virtual trunks. Or a physical trunk. Multiple VTs on the same physical port will cause a problem.

CSCdr79610

Symptom:

Change booking factor for a class of service, get rejected.

Condition:

When there are some connections eastablished, and some of the class of service have used bandwidth exceeding their reserved, change booking factor for any class of the service may get rejected.

This is because it fails the check which should only be called when cos_min_bw in the policy parameters is changed. This check should not be called when booking factor is changed.

Workaround:

Disable that partition, change the booking factor, then enable the partition again. Or keep the used_bw for all cos under teh cos_min_bw, you will be able to change booking factor freely.

CSCdr76334

Symptom:

Connect OC3 port on BXM with 7200 router, connect 2 OC3 ports back to back. enable ILMI on router, and ILMI,protocol on card cnfrsrc VSI part 1 disable NebDiscovery on ports.when running cnfnodeparm 56 0|1 and With VSI disabled, peer info is transmitted to peer. delcntrl, and cnfrsrc deleting VSI partition, fails to disable Peer information as well.

Condition:

ilmi_enable_from_contrl bit was not cleared when delctrlr, or vsi partition deleted, thus vsi code kept issuing get requests and responding to peer information.

In AR/VSI hybrid networks, and for backward compatiblity either BXMs w/o NebDisc, or swsw versions. Topo traps are not sent to downrev'd swsw versions, and are controllable by sw software for versions including the feature.

Code was added to properly support disabling of VSI functionality using delctrlr or cnfrsrc @ Bcc in addition to existing dnpnport @ the vsi controller. support for backrev'd cards added, and corrections to logic in Ilmi FSM state machine to properly send TopoTrap to BCC.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr79936

Symptom:

Stats files not generated/missing on some 15 minutes intervals.

Conditions:

When system time is changed at 15 minutes boundaries.

Workaround:

Minimize system time and card config changes.

CSCdr83144

Symptom:

Card error of:

Description : 'N. Fatal from 0x17: 0x25120075 0x809b5f90 0x367e 0x1

Conditions:

switchyred, switchcc or reset PXM when there are SPVC connections with stats enabled.

Workaround:

None.

CSCds11484

Symptom:

Available cell rate reported by BXM is incorrect.

Condition:

Sum of the minimum bandwidths of all the interfaces on a BXM reaches OC12.

Workaround:

Reduce minimum BW on all interfaces by half.

CSCdr89217

Symptom:

Software Error Log of 9098.

Conditions:

cnfrsrc of partition 3 using MEB firmware.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr89966

Symptom:

Card Error of 0x41030006.

Conditions:

PXM controller is upgraded/re-booted.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp89085

Problem:

The total call count becomes negative on the BXM interface. However, this problem has not been reproduceable.

Symptoms:

If this problem happens, the following card error is displayed:

'vsi_rsrc_pfns.c 483 VrmRetLcnResources 3, 16316'

Workaround:

A related bug CSCdr86894 which reported an incorrect number of total call counts, has been found to be the result of an uninitialised variable in vsi_rsrc_conn_pfns.c: VrmRsrcClrRCMP().

The debugging information embedded in this function may be helpful in verifying the negative call count problem if it is reproduced.

Bugs Fixed in MFE

CSCdp05098

Symptom:

Cell discards occur for ABRFST/ABRSTD conns when the traffic burst is greater than the MBS

Condition:

This occurs when the traffic burst size is fixed to 140000 cells at 70000 cps. The conn are configured with PCR=72000/72000, MBS=1000/1000 and ICR 7200/7200. This is the expected behaviour since the configured MBS < the actual burst size.

Workaround:

Increase the MBS and ICR using cnfcon.

CSCdr59731

Symptom:

Port 11.1 is connected to 11.2 and ILMI are up and running on both ports. Enable neighbor discovery on 11.1, then 11.2.

The 0x71 responses/traps from BXM fw is not predictable. Atleast two variations are observed:

Variation 1. port 11.2 has it's neighbor's info but port 11.1 doesn't.

Variation 2. both port 11.1 and 11.2 only know the IP addresses of their neighbors. The Neighbor's IFName are missing.

Problem was observed in MF17, but code changes in more recent builds had already repaired the problem.

Condition:

When ILMI session restarts, remnants of IfName, IpAddr from previous session left. Clr/reset IfName,IpAddr in MIB, on ILMI session restart In FMSStart, pIlmiProcessFsmStart() calls a new function IlmiClrPeerAndSendTopoTrap(pcb_ptr->session_id).

CSCdr79936

Symptom:

Stats files not generated/missing on some 15 minutes intervals.

Conditions:

When system time is changed at 15 minutes boundaries.

Workaround:

Minimize system time and card config changes.

CSCdm16800

Symptom:

Card error 0xc000007 appears in the card error log.

Cause:

This error indicates that an unknown type of cell which is not expected has arrived in the egress QE.

Resolution:

Engineering has done in-depth investigation into this case. We are convinced the problem does not affect user traffic or the node in any other way. Therefore, the symptom will not be reported as a card error. The fix has been incorporated into MEE firmware.

CSCdp22930

Symptom:

N/A.

Conditions:

cbus rd/wr operations set up in the PUUMBA chip when performing cbus rcv/xmit.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp74680

Symptom:

Even if the interface is in LOS, the spvc's do not generate ingress AIS into the network.

Condition:

Connection is added after the interface goes into LOS.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr44250

Symptom:

Private image did not allow as many OAM cells to flow as public image.

Condition:

This occurred by undoing a hardware fix in a private image.

Workaround:

This was never introduced into the Public view and no workaround is required.

CSCdr45986

Symptoms:

Standby and active block checksum value do not match and resync happens on switchover.

Conditions:

When active card has many spvc connections derouted it happens.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr71473

Symptom:

Unreachable BXM, sw errors and cd errors on the BPX.

Condition:

LMI is enabled when controller either slow to respond or un-reachable.

Workaround:

Disable LMI.

CSCdp97307

Symptoms:

When executed "rsh <slot> vsi cm VsiIs " without parameter. The card will crash,.

Condition:

Always.

Workaround.

Pullout the card and reinsert.

CSCdr86894

Symptoms:

Many ports have VC failure because BXM has no resource to build the CVC.

Conditions:

Intermitent.

Workaround:

Reset BXM card.

CSCdr57712

Symptom:

Multi_partition fails to report all virtual trunks.

Condition:

In case of virtual trunks with different partition.

Workaround:

Reset the BXM card.

CSCdr77238

Symptom:

Switch General Info does not contain bulk set capability bit. With newer images of PXM bulk set will not work with BXM images prior to MFD.

Condition:

PXM Images later than 07/06/2000 contains logic to identify the bulk set capability of the slave. BXM images prior to 07/06/2000 will not have this bit set because it is newly introduced parameter in VSI spec.

Workaround:

No workarround. Need to upgrade to MFD.

Bugs Fixed in MFD

CSCdr29278

Symptom:

Originally the card used to get frozen not responding to any request from the controller, as the TCB database was corrupted. But it has been protected now. But whenever a null pointer is being inserted into the TCB lista card error is being flagged. It is a harmless card error(not service affecting).

Condition:

The cause is unknown.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp63445

Symptom:

ABR and UBR connections loose traffic when VC shaping is turned on.

Condition:

Enabling of VC shaping on port terminating ABR and UBR connections.

Workaround:

Leave VC shaping disabled.

CSCdr30454

Symptom:

Connections(LCNs) can not satisfied because of insufficient memory.

Condition:

When channel stat level is set to 0.

Workaround:

Use chan stat level(cnfcdparm) 1, 2 or 3.

CSCdr14247

Symptom:

The correct state of an SPVC is not reflected in connection bulk traps for large number of connections (> 1000). Sometimes Connection states keep toggling between AIS and CLR state when the conns are actually inAIS state.

Condition:

AIS cells generated by the RCMP on different connections arrive too close to each other in the same second. This sudden burst of cells overwhelm the Class of service buffers (QBINs) in the Egress direction and get discarded. This causes remote end of the trunk to detect a loss of AIS cells and declare connection a CLR.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr40204

Symptom:

Service rate for VBR traffic when WFQ is enabled is at SCR (instead of PCR) even when there is no congestion for enhanced cards (1210 QE & Sabre).

Cause:

For enhanced cards, when WFQ is enabled, the local congestion is monitored at the Egress side by the hardware. In order to do this, a few variables that need to be initialized. There were some problems with the initialization routine, causing inaccurate tracking of the congestion level.

Workaround:

None. Has been fixed.

CSCdr42885

Symptom:

All the ports on a BXM slave go into provisioning state.

Cause:

Controller looses communication with the BXM. This happens when AAL5 driver in the BXM mal-functions and does not free the message buffers of the application processes (ILMI/VSI etc). Eventually BXM runs out of message buffers .

Workaround:

Reset the BXM card.

CSCdr49056

Symptom:

Invalid Part id in SPVC stats after controller is added.

Condition:

This problem happens when SFM receives the vsi message before adding the controller. This is possible to happen when there is a delay between 52 and 61 message. Since 52 add the control vc it will receive the frame and give it SFM task. But SFM won't have any information for that partition and will report the error saying that invalid partition. Since this is possible to happen as per design, the card is removed now.

CSCdr40234

Symptom:

Service rate for UBR traffic when WFQ is enabled much lower than PCR even when there is no congestion for enhanced cards (1210 QE & Sabre).

Cause:

For enhanced cards, when WFQ is enabled, the local congestion is monitored at the Egress side by the hardware. In order to do this, a few variables that need to be initialized. There were some problems with the initialization routine, causing inaccurate tracking of the congestion level.

Workaround:

None. Has been fixed.

CSCdr49060

Symptom:

When doing a cnfcon for ABR connection, service rate drops to MCR rate even when there is no congestion. This is when WFQ is enabled and the inherent VSVD is not used.

Cause:

There are a certain parameters associated with WFQ that are required in order for WFQ to work. However, for ABR connections, when a cnfcon is done, once it is detected that VSVD is not enabled, the structure (Sabre rate RAM) which holds all these parameters is cleared out. This would cause WFQ not to operate properly.

Workaround:

No need. Fix is done.

CSCdr43012

Symptom:

All the ports on a BXM slave go into provisioning state.

Cause:

Controller looses communication with the BXM as AAL5 driver in BXM gets stuck.

Workaround:

Reset the BXM card.

CSCdr52195

Symptom:

All the ports on a BXM slave go into provisioning state.

Cause:

Controller looses communication with the BXM as AAL5 driver in BXM gets stuck.

Workaround:

Reset the BXM card.

CSCdr36963

Symptom:

When PNNI controller goes down then comes up, it couldn't establish its control call to the BXM partition, thus VC failure is displayed in PNNI controller for that partition.

Condition:

This problem only happens under the following conditions:

1.The policy parameters for the partition have been configured as nonzero at some of the class of service,i.e. the reserved minimum bandwidth of some class of service are nonzero.

2. Delete/disable that partition. BXM suppose to release all resources. However, it only releaseed resources at partition level, but leave the reserved resources at cos level unchanged. As result, when this partition is enabled again, the internal CAC calculation at partition level became negative. That caused the first control call setup resquest fail.

Workround:

Reset the BXM card will clear the VC failure.

CSCdr33867

Symptom:

Connect OC3 port on BXM with 7200 router, enable ILMI on router, and ILMI,protocol on card and Neighbor Discover, Object 0x31, Peer's IfName is not null terminated.

Condition:

Some peer.ifName's are null terminated, some aren't a PDU containing valid nonzero length peer.ifName doesn't always include '\0'; and is stored accordingly in the MIB. added a test if peer.ifName is non-zero in length, and isn't null terminated, concatenate the '\0'char and bump peer.ifNameLen++ count Added logic CbIlmiStatsReport, ilmi_proc.c pIlmiFsmGetResponseEventAtS3, pIlmiFsmGetResponseEventAtS9, ilmi_fsm_evt.c to ensure TopoTrap, and ILMIStats report are correctly formated.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp48306

Symptom:

On NNI side, when cross connect is established with VPI>1000 (0x3e8) the first nibble is getting chopped off and traffic is flowing on VPI 0xe8 due to bad programming of connection.

Condition:

This happens if on NNI side VPI > 0xff.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr51875

Symptom:

Virtual Trunking causing Unreachability.

Conditions:

At least Two virtual trunks share a common port at one node, but their remote endpoints terminate on different nodes.

- The virtual trunks are used to carry networking (rt_op) traffic.

- The simplest example follows below:

node_A ---- vtrk ----  /---- vtrk ---- node_C

  /

  /

node_B

(vtrks share common port)

With this topology, "node_A" sees "node_C" as unreachable and vice-versa; however,

"node_A" communicates to "node_B", and "node_B" communicates to "node_C".

Workaround:

Customers who are already using VT wraparound should continue to do so under 9.2.3x until the fix is available.

BXM virtual trunking (no VT wraparound) can still be implemented using software release 9.2.2x.

If virtual trunks are not yet in use, the VT wraparound solution can be implemented in release 9.2.3x.

CSCdr57805

Symptom:

Card errors show up indicating "CB_TASK is ready".

Condition:

CB_TASK gets busy processing VSI messages and this causes root task to incorrectly assume that CB_TASK is not in a sane state. Actually a firmware change incorrectly reduced the polling interval by the root task such that it was polling the states of tasks sooner than it is supposed to.

Workaround:

None. Ignore these card errors as these are benign.

CSCdr56931

Symptom:

After resetsys on PXM or bouncing the feeder/control port or reset of BXM card, some virtual trunks go into vc failure/building vc state.

Condition:

Resetting PXM or pulling out the cable connecting the BXM feeder port to the controller or restting the BXM cause the interface set policy parameters to be sent to the BXM. This cause ingress BW to be recomputed. CB_TASK passes VI numbers 0 to 31 to the CAC module which expects the range 0 to 15. This caused the problemby overindexing the CAC structures.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr59241

Symptom :

Building VC status on UNI ports after repeated enabling/disabling of partition with the control port.

Cause:

Controller does not send policy parameters for control port upon enabling of partition. When disabling partition, COS max bandwidth was zeroed out. With no policy parameters from which to obtain the new values, COS max bandwidth is stuck at zero; thus not allowing ant control to be established.

Workaround:

Older PXM image does send policy parameters even for the partition with the control port. Control port does not require policy parameters to be sent from controller. Default it to the max bandwidth configured for the partition.

CSCdr51970

Symtom:

Change CAC policy parameters will cause the available BW for some cos to be negative.

Condition:

Current implementation does not validate the CAC policy parameter change. It will always take the value. However, in some cases, inproper policy parameters change will cause the avail_bw at cos level go negative. In this particular scenario,the current used bandwidth of a cos is equal to its reserved minimum bandwidth.Then the user changed the policy parameter to make this cos min_bw to smaller number. Now current_used_bw for this cos is greater than its reserved, and it has to obtained bw from the common pool to maintain its currently used bw. However, the user changed the policy parameter again, to increase the reserved bw for another cos, which caused the common pool to be zero.Therefore, by normal calculation, the previous cos avail_bw becomes to negative. Decreasing cos_min_bw to be less than it is currently used_bw is an invalid operation and should get rejected, otherwise it will mess up the CAC.

Workround:

Delete some connections to release bandwidth before decreasing cos minimum bandwidth.

CSCdr66273

Symptom:

The encoding is in the reverse of the expected value by UNI4.0 spec.

Condition:

STD ABR connections.

Workaround:

No work arround.

Bugs Fixed in MFC

CSCdp63445

Symptom:

ABR and UBR connections loose traffic when VC shaping is turned on.

Condition:

Enabling of VC shaping on port terminating ABR and UBR connections.

Workaround:

Leave VC shaping disabled.

CSCdr11396

Symptom:

Data transfer has affected while running OAM loopback.

Conditions:

All user data is dropped when send in 960 cps of oam.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp11511

Symptom:

BPX treats segment oam loopback different from end-to-end oam loopback cells.

Conditions:

Workaround:

CSCdr13208

Symptom:

BXM CD errors while running OAM cells.

Conditions:

1) One PVC has 2880 cps of data and 960 cps of oam cells,

2) Another PVC has 2880 cps of data and 960 cps of oam cells,

Workaround:

None.

CSCdr13196

Symptom:

BPX reports SWERR 105.

Conditions:

SWERR105 logged while running OAM loopback test.

Workaround:

None reset the BXM card.

CSCdr13182

Symptom:

tstdelay/tstcon/tstconseg for all PVCs on that card will fail.

Conditions:

When user sending in >= 960 cps of oam loopback cells.

Workaround:

CSCdr13151

Symptom:

dspportstats always show Tx port = 0.

Conditions:

Sending in >= 960 cps of oam loopback cells.

Workaround:

Bugs Fixed in MFB

The following bugs are fixed in MFB.

CSCdm52254

Symptom:

Random BIP-8 errors show up on T3 when running in direct map (HEC) mode. There is no such thing as a BIP-8 error in the direct map mode. But this counter should report 0 in this mode.

Condition:

This is totally random due to the fact that an uninitialized (don't care) counter variable is accumulated in every poll period. This counter is not even read from hardware in the HEC mode.

Workaround:

Ignore BIP-8 errors when the T3 trunks are configured in the HEC mode.

CSCdp58969

Symptom:

cb_get.c CB_VPC_STATUS_POLL SoItcSend Failed upon VSI failure.

Condition:

When VSI receives and transmits lot of vsi message AAL5 drive will get into deadlock problem if it had missed a DMA interrupt.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp57596

Symptom:

CB_TASK on BXM goes into deadlock state causing VSI session to be lost.

Condition:

This happens when both Ingress and Egress qe semaphore is taken by IDLE_TASK and it never released in an error condition.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer versions of firmware.

CSCdp25220

Symptom:

Avail Buffer on BXM = 0 on LVC flapping for xtag interfaces.

Condition:

Same as CSCdp58969. During this condition AAL5 driver doesn't release the transmission buffer.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to/MEF or newer versions of firmware.

CSCdp59328

Symptom:

EPD bit was not set for interslave control vc.

Condition:

When vsi get congestion (same as CSCdp58969).

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to/MEF or newer versions of firmware.

CSCdp92916

Symptom:

Commands executed on stdby card affect APS line.

Condition:

Series of commands excuted in stdby card affects APS line.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp39723

Symptom:

Aps not functioning in 9.2.21 w/FW ME18@sprintf for Bidirectional w/Nonrevertive.

Condition:

Reversion was happening due to spurious SF/SD events.Fixed by setting the right values for SF/SD thresholds.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp20848

Symptom:

SF switchover doesnot occur after dncd/upcd execution on Annex B 1+1 APS.

Condition:

When the dncd command is executed, SWSW sends 0x27 CBUS message. The handler for this message was putting the lines in loopback and shutting down the laser. Also it was changing the line state in SoCdDown() to DOWN state. This caused subsequent upcd (0x05/0x04) message to re-initialize the lines disabling the S/UNI interrupts in the process.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp24224

Symptom:

WTR does not occur after LOS recovery on protection line.

Condition:

The meaning of primary and secondary channels were changed immediately upon switchover instead of waiting for the expiry of WTR. This caused the clearing of the failure to be accounted against the secondary channel and thus there was no WTR. Fixed by introducing a Preparation switch mode where-in the current active channel will remain as the secondary until a WTR occurs or a primary section mismatch pre-empts that state. At the expiry of WTR, the preparation switch mode is complete and the current active channel becomes the primary.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp32646

Symptom:

WTR Timer does not work and reversion occurs during SF switchover.

Condition:.

Added a preparation switch mode where the current active channel is the secondary channel. At the expiry of WTR, the secondary channel is changed to the become the primary channel.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp35156

Symptom:

BPX APS reverts back to the working line before WTR time has expired.

Condition:

TR was being pre-empted by a spurious SD condition. Fixed by setting the right thresholds for SF/SD based on BER.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp60696

Symptom:

Both lines fail when only one line in alarm.

Condition:

After the standby card comes out of reset, its S/UNI states are not reliable for a period of 1.5 seconds and the S/UNI reports LOS clear on the WORK line. This gets conveyed to the active card and then the Manual switch gets priority and becomes the cuurent local request. This causes a switch back to WORK. When the active card's S/UNI monitors the WORK line, it discovers that the line is in LOS and immediately switches back. The oscillations continue and the line goes into LOCKOUT due to excessive switching. In the Lockout mode only the WORK line is active and thus the defect.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp65320

Symptom:

Need a trap when BPX puts APS in lockout.

Condition:

Send the the traps in the right sequence. First send the Lockout trap and then the failed to switch trap if there is a switch attempt while lockout is in effect.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp25130

Symptom:

APS Non-revertive bidirectional feature.

Condition:

Resolved.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp79156

Symptom:

TDP signalling cross connect VSI request rejected by BXM.

Condition:

If BPX is configured with trunks and virtual trunks the virtual trunks are intialized properly with qbin size.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp62213

Symptom:

Switching from bi-direction APS to un-directional APS generates mismatch err.

Condition:

The alarms generated while the line was in bi-dir mode was not cleared when itwas changed to uni-dir mode. Fixed by clearing all alarms when re-configuringthe lines. None.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp89972

Symptom:

Node rebuild caused 3 BXM cards failed.

Condition:

Moved the allocation and initialization of the Connection database to the SoCoEnterStandby function instead of in the 0x50 handler (SoCdUp).

Workaround

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp86147

Symptom:

The removal of Rx cable of APS trunk leading to loss of Frm and Prot Sw Byt Fail.

Condition:

While removing the Rx cable of APS working line (configured to trunk) working line goes to Loss of Frm and dsptrks shows the trunk in alarm . After connecting cable back the APS Alarm status shows "Prot Sw Byt FAIL".

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp84386

Symptom:

Connectivity w/BXM lost due to missing DMA completion interrupts.

Condition:

Aal5 driver will be in deadlock and never transmits and receives.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp38148

Symptom:Resetcd slot 11 on BPX causes local APS switching

Condition: re-impose the selector and bridge states on both ACTIVE and STANDBY cards aftera Y-red switchover, re-discover the line states and re-execute and external requests.Also include a STABILITY timer before the line state is processed.

Workaround: None.Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware

CSCdm92931

Symptom:

APS line switchover occurs upone card removal when lockout is set.

Condition:

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MEF or newer version of firmware.

CSCdp49749

Symptom:

Node unreachable after resetting two nodes in the network.

Condition:

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp49640

Symptom:

When FCES feature enable on BXM NNI data transfer stops.

Condition:

The ABR parameters like NRM,CRM,FRTT,MCR,ICR were not getting programmed when the FCES is turned on using th cnfcon command.Adding the Connection with the FCES enabled behaved properly.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm62817

Symptom:

tstconseg command sometimes does not work.

Condition:

Execute tstconseg multiple times with high loop count (10).

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm84853

Symptom: BW reported via interface load info is erroneous.

Condition: When Forward & Backward BW for VSI connections is different.

Workaround: None

CSCdp62213

Symptom: Switching from bi-dir to uni-dir mode APS generates APS architecture mismatch error

Condition: When APS pair is configured from bi-dir mode to uni-dir mode the other side indicates APS architecture mismatch error, and then the other side is also configured from bi-dir mode to uni-dir mode, the APS architecture mismatch error does not clear.

Workaround: delete APS and then add APS again - it defaults to uni-dir

CSCdp59729

Symptom: addlnlocrmt causes node unreachable.

Condition: addlnlocrmtlp causes node unreachable eventhough there are other parallel trunks.

Workaround: No known workaround

CSCdp67673

Symptom: dspapsln does not show ARCH_MIS any more

Condition: dspapsln does not show ARCH_MIS when caused for the second time on the same trunk.

Workaround: No known workaround

CSCdp46399

Symptom:

Need a documentation explains how to setup port groups for FW MEF (me26).

Condition:

Workaround:

No known workaround.

CSCdp49749

Symptom:

Node unreachable after resetting two nodes in the network.

Condition:

When combus message 0x52 is sent down to BXM, we were not handling the case when message says activate the lcn, but delete the vpi-vci pair specified in the command.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to MFB.

CSCdp28931

Symptom:

No RDI-P generated when loss of Cell Deliniation occurs.

Condition:

Workaround:

CSCdp59727

Symptom:

Addlnlocrmt causes node unreachable.

Conditions:

Workaround :

Reset the BXM card.

Bugs Fixed in MFA

The following bugs are fixed in MFA.

CSCdm53420

Symptom:

switchyred causes APS line to switch when last user request is clear.

Condition:

APS 1+1 configuration. The protection line was active and the "last user switch request" was clear. When a switchyred was performed, APS line switched to working line active.

Workaround:

CSCdm93274

Symptom: OC3 back card LED is wrong after reset/pull cards

Condition: Multiple APS lines on a card and perform switchyred when Working line is active and Secondary card is active

Workaround: None.

CSCdm04312

Symptom: The problem is a false failure is declared against the SIMBA Multicast Record RAM.

Condition: The problem occurs when Self Test is activated against a Y-Redundant pair of BME Cards (BXM-622 cards loaded with the multicast BME firmware) that have more than 1000 connections programmed through them.

Workaround: Disable Self Test via the cnftstparm command.

CSCdm50659

Symptom: Trunk alarms are not generated when random bit errors are injected onto a trunk using an Adtech Sx14 test set at a rate of 10E-3. There are trunk statistics generated but no trunk alarm because the statistics that cause alarms on do not meet the threshold for MAJOR or MINOR alarms.

CSCdm50659

Symptom:

Trunk alarms are not generated when random bit errors are injected onto a trunk using an Adtech Sx14 test set at a rate of 10E-3. There are trunk statistics generated but no trunk alarm because the statistics that cause alarms on do not meet the threshold for MAJOR or MINOR alarms.

Condition:

This was generated in a lab environment with test equipment that was set to inject bit errors randomly through the entire bandwidth. Some HCS errors were generated as well as Path unavailable and Path Farend unavailable.

Workaround:

Lowering the alarm threshold for MAJOR and MINOR HCS errors can help to generate a trunk alarm. Use the cnflnalm command and modify the Hcserr alarm thresholds to .01 for MAJOR and .0001 for MINOR. These thresholds are as low as they can be set currently.

CSCdk42527

Symptom:

Rx Queue becomes full after LOS on the feeder trunk.

Condition:

After LOS condition on the feeder trunk.

Workaround:

Reset the feeder trunk.

CSCdm16505

Symptom:

AIS not sent on VP ABRFST/ABRSTD connection.

Condition:

LOS on trunk between 2 nodes.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm81534

Symptom:

ICR of abrfst on BXM-155 falls down to MCR after resetcd.

Condition:

Change the ICR after resetcd before start sending traffic.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm61493

Symptom:

When BIP8 errors are received on an E3 line or trunk at a rate of 10E-3, the line or trunk will not declare any alarm.

Condition:

When high rates of BIP8 errors are received.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdk81384

Sympton:

BXM slot errors keeps on incrementing on a BCC3 node, but the reading of 'EAP ARFD' should only be interpreted when using the dual receiver feature on a BCC4 node.

Condition:

BXM slot errors on a BCC3 node.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdk80483

Sympton:

TX cell loss counts in dsptrkerrs increase continuously.

Condition:

When there is trunk configured.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm04312

Symptom:

The problem is a false failure is declared against the SIMBA Multicast Record RAM.

Condition:

The problem occurs when Self Test is activated against a Y-Redundant pair of BME Cards (BXM-622 cards loaded with the multicast BME firmware) that have more than 1000 connections programmed through them.

Workaround:

Disable Self Test via the cnftstparm command.

CSCdm09295

Symptom:

Reconfig of FCES from enable to disable does not work, as a result traffic burst is restricted to MCR.

Condition:

Every time changing an existing connection from FCES enable to disable.

Workaround:

Delete the connection and add back a new one with FCES disable.

CSCdm39186

Symptom:

Card fatal error occurred when running in standby mode under the heat condition. As a result, the card reset periodically.

Condition:

Card running in standby mode under heat condition.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm09882

Sympton:

Log non fatal message releated to the RCMP errors.

Condition:

It is mainly seen in the heat chamber.

Workaround:

Please make sure the TEST FREQUENCY and TIMEOUT variables under cnftstparm for BXM are set to 4000/3700 level.

CSCdm31923

Sympton:

AIS/YEL alarm doesn't go away even after the alarm is clear from the other end.

Condition:

It happens on the E3 when the LOOP TIME parameter is set to YESin the trunk or line configuration.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm92916

Symptom:

Operational commands (dncd, resetcd, remove) on standby card impact active APS line.

When active line is PROT line and a switchover of cards occur, WORK line becomes active line on the newly active cards.

Conditions:

APS 1+1 Annex B and PROT is active line. switchyred or resetcd on the active card causes line to switchover from PROT to WORK.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm92931

Symptom:

APS line switchover occurs upon card removal/insertion when lockout is set.

Conditions:

When Lockout is set, removing/inserting the card makes it happen.

CSCdm52585

Sympton:

DspVsiPartInfo shows very large Available LCN field.

Condition:

When the sum of min-lcns is greater than the max(max lcns) on a port group.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp18840

Symptom:

The CBR.2 Calls do not pass traffic above 50 Cells/second.

Condition:

VSI controller establishes CBR.2 connection and it does not fill in the PCR field.

Workaround:

Fill the PCR value aslo with the CR value.

CSCdp17741

Symptom:

2-portgroup card reports 1 port group at the channel stats level 2 and 3.

Condition:

When channel stats level 2 or 3 are configured on BXM-622-2 port and BXM-155 reports only one port group.

Workaround:

Auto Route connections are not affected by this. But for VSI connections there is no workaround.

CSCdp22930

Symptoms:

Intlock missing for rd/wr operation.

Workaround:

Reassert intLock on commbus ISR to prevent SCC access from getting interrupted.

CSCdp33894

Symptom:

Standby APS line shows status as Path AIS upon switchyred or on APS switchover on LOS.

Conditions:

switchyred on APS, the prot. line report Path AIS.

Workaround:

None. Upgrade to ME26/MED or later versions of BXM firmware.

CSCdp36324

Symptom:

Last user request affects switching on BPX.

Conditions:

Workaround:

CSCdp31325

Symptom:

UBR cells are policed unncessarily below PCR.

Conditions:

Always.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp36155

Symptom:

BXM-E OC3/OC12 does not show supporting APS HW 1+1 in dspcd command and otherwise also.

Condition:

BXM-E OC3/ OC12 card with HW rev < 'C'.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdp32853

Symptom:

The BXM enhanced cards keep getting reset and card errors are logged and node may go into degraded mode, when command "addapsln slot1.port1 slot2.port2 1" is issued.

Condition:

BXM enhanced OC3 cards with 4 port and FW rel earlier that M.E.22/M.F.09.

Workaround:

1.Do not addapsln on second port onwards for BXM-E OC3 4 port card.

OR

2. Replace the BXM-E 4 port card with 8 ports card.

CSCdp17741

Symptom:

2-portgroup card reports 1 port group at the channel stats level 2 and 3.

Condition:

When channel stats level 2 or 3 are configured on BXm-622-2 port and BXM-155 reports only one port group.

Workaround:

Auto Route connections are not affected by this. But for VSI connections there is no work around.

CSCdp11025

Symptom:

Use the "dspapsln" to get the screen to dsiplay apsln status. When the working line is taken out the LOS appears on the working line.

When the protection line is taken out both the working and protection display LOS. When the protection line is put back in the LOS/Alarms on the protection should clear. They do not.

Conditions:

Physically remove and add the rx or both rx and tx lines as follows:

1- remove the working line.

2- remove the protection line.

3- Add the protection line back.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm73220

Symptom:

Trunks or Virtual Trunks does not allow traffic going through.

Condition:

SWSW 9.1 with ME level of firmware. Trunks or VTs configured on BXM/BXM-E.

Workaround:

None.

Bugs Fixed in MEC

The following bugs are fixed in MEC.

CSCdm66131

Symptom:

After addapsln trunk goes to LOS.

Condition:

Both ends have secondary card active, add aps 1+1 to one end, then add aps to the other end, the trunk sometimes goes into LOS.

Workaround:

CSCdm64366

Symptom:

APS 1+1 manual switch sometimes does not work after a while after several manual switch and auto switch.

Condition:

Secondary card is active and several manual switch and auto switches are performed.

Workaround:

CSCdm62809

Symptom:

APS 1+1 bidirectional non-revertive switches back to working line when line condition clears on working.

Condition:

APS 1+1 configured in bidirection non-revertive mode.

Working line is in LOS, current active line is protection, clear LOS on working line.

Workaround:

CSCdm69974

Symptom:

Card errors (0x25170076) occur when only one Virtual Trunk is configured in a physical port.

Workaround:

CSCdm65813

Symptom:

APS switches back o working line incorrectly.

Condition:

Switch seqeunce W->P, P->W and then W->P, then cause LOS on WORK line and put the cable back, APS switches to Working line.

Workaround:

CSCdm77212

Symptom:

When addshelf command is executed, it comes back with a communication breakdown.

Condition:

Chanel level stats is set to 0 so that BXM reports wrong max channels.

Workaround:

CSCdm74316

Symptom:

Re-adding VSI shelf does not work until a resetcd is executed on the LSC control port.

Condition:

Load information on an interface is 4 bytes more that MAX_VSI_MSG, So the message gets dropped on BXM, so VSI controller is in discovery state forever.

Workaround:

CSCdm75722

Symptom:

No control VC after BXM is reset.

Condition:

When resync request comes down from the VSI controller with 19 checksum blocks,the length check done on BXM does not include padding.

Workaround:

CSCdm74968

Symptom:

0B card error causing BXM to reset.

Condition:

Over night jobs running on controller cards.

Workaround:

CSCdp02190

Symptom:

tstdelay timed out when going through BNI trunk.

Condition:

More that 12 VTs on an interface causes wrong port-vi mapping while considering STI_SHIFT/NO_SHIFT from 13 th VT/port onwards.

Workaround:

CSCdm78335

Symptom:

dspvsistatus rarely shows the VSI programming status as Done.

Condition:

Primary and seconday port has two different VPI range.

Workaround:

CSCdm26752

Symptom:

Card errors continuously logged with "SoItcSend failed" message.

Condition:

RAS oam_lpbk is on and switchyred is executed several times in a job.

Workaround:

CSCdm93839

Symptom:

Card resets on receiving oam loopback cells at high rate

Condition:

oamlpbk is enabled with high oam traffic on large number of connections.

Workaround:

CSCdm52254

Symptom:

BIP-8 code errs occurrs on routing trunks.

Condition:

T3 card used in HEC mode can randomly have this problem.

Workaround:

CSCdm44183

Symptom:

BXM-155 4DX was not able to recover after reseting the card.

Condition:

Traffic is sent at a rate >= 383 cps on a terminated connection on BXM-E card and then card is reset.

Workaround:

CSCdm90997

Symptom:

BXM-E trunk and port stats are always zero in TX direction.

Condition:

Port terminated on BXM-E card or trunk passing through BXM-E card.

Workaround:

CSCdm80991

Symptom:

Unable to add 3 segment connections using CM GUI.

Condition:

Feeder connected to BXM card of BPX routing node and for, BXM trunk configuration, ILMI/LMI protocol is enabled as CARD based.

Workaround:

CSCdm82688

Symptom:

Traffic Shaping problems with VT with and without raparound solution.

Condition:

Large deviations in CDV values.

Workaround:

CSCdm94372

 

Symptom:

Trunks sometimes drop cbr traffic.

Condition:

If a trunk is configured to full line rate on BXM ards, then traffic is dropped.

Workaround:

CSCdp00063

Symptom:

Node unreachability is experienced on VTs (virtual trunks).

Condition:

Multiple VTs are configured on a trunk interface of the BXM/BXM-E.

Workaround:

Configure only one VT per trunk interface.

Logic to calculate actual cell transmission rate in a BXM card is as follows (CSCdm94372):

if (configured cell rate == full line cell rate) then

transmitted cell rate = full line cell rate

else

transmitted cell rate = from equation below or from table 1

For example:

If a trunk is configured at 100,000 CPS, the actual transmitted cell rate is then 98,013 CPS any traffic sent over 98,013 CPS would be discarded.

Therefore, only rates in the table or computed from the equation should be used.

Otherewise cell loss may be experienced

Bugs Fixed in MEB

The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MEB.

CSCdm50469

Symptom:

Software error 105 and malloc card errors happened continuously.

Condition:

When jobs that cause reroutes of connections (e.g. switchcc, hitless rebuild) are run for a long time, sometimes BXM card freezes with malloc card errors and software error 105.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm50723

Symptom:

After deleting APS, switchyred causes temporary LOS when the other end still has APS.

Condition:

One end has APS 1+1, other end was added with APS 1+1 and line is up between the two ends. Then APS is deleted from one end. The primary card is active on non APS end. On switchyred on the non APS end there is a temporary LOS. If APS was never added to one end, then switchyred does not result in temporary LOS.

Workaround:

Instead of deleting APS first and then doing a switchyred, do a switchyred first and then delete APS. This does not result in temporary LOS.

CSCdm63038

Symptom:

BXM card fails with breakpoint error.

Condition:

When tx cell rate of a trunk is reduced to zero, BXM card fails with break point error (division by zero).

Workaround:

None.

Bugs Fixed in release MEA

The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MEA

CSCdm09882

Symptom:

Log non fatal message related to RCMP errors.

Condition:

It is mainly seen in the heat chamber.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm18186

Symptom:

AIS status could be randomly be displayed in dspcon.

Condition:

When the connection AIS signal is constantly changing, the dspcon/dspchstats OAM status will not be accurate for all the connections on the card.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm26380

Symptom:

Software error 9098 occured during switchyred BXM.

Condition:

This problem occurs on cards with the APS channels halved option set and then doing a cnfrsrc on a port that belongs to the second port group. Note that this fix will cause a card mismatch on active cards with channel halved option turned on.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm31923

Symptom:

AIS/YEL alarm doesn't go away even after the alarm is clear from the other end.

Condition:

It happens on the E3 when the LOOP TIME parameter is set to YES in the trunk or line configuration.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm37519

Symptom:

Trunks go to Communication Fail after burning firmware.

Condition:

When MC10 is burnt into BXM-OC12 with trunks.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm37709

Symptom:

APS line fails to clear channel mismatch after lockout.

Condition:

Bi-direction APS 1+1. Local end has locked out of protection set. Then WORK cable is pulled out on local end to cause LOS. Lockout is then cleared and then the WORK cable is put back. This causes a channel mismatch on the far end and the mismatch never clears.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm38647

Symptom:

This bug has been fixed in MEA such that the firmware reports the correct number of port groups. The side effect of this fix is that the Switch Software could mismatch the BXM card. If there is a card mismatch then down all the lines/trunks on the card and up them again.

Condition:

When the user loads the MEA firmware on the BXM card running MDA with APS halved channeled enabled, then the card will come up in mismatched state.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm46658

Symptom:

switchapsln command does not work for APS AnnexB line.

Condition:

Annex B configuration if hitless rebuild is done when active line is PROT, then switchapsln does not work after hitless rebuild.

Workaround:

None.

Bugs Fixed in release MDA

The following is the list of bugs fixed in release MDA:

CSCdm38647

Symptom:

MDA fw may report incorrect number of port-groups when APS channels are set to halved.

Condition:

When user attempts to add all the channels available on the card on one port-group, it may be allowed even though the BXM may not have enough memory to support it. Also, this may cause a mismatch state when MDB firmware is burnt.

Workaround:

Down all the line/trunks on the card and up them again.

CSCdm23713

Symptom:

VI numbers are not modified by firmware.

Condition:

When one or more trunks are failed in the network, there may be a combreak in the network.

Workaround:

Set all the Virtual trunks to restrict CC traffic.

CSCdm23827

Symptom:

APS alarm may clear on switchyred.

Condition:

After a switchyred, an existing a LOS/LOF alarm may get cleared. This will only happen when the line has switched to protection before the card switchover is performed.

Workaround:

None.

CSCdm23752

Symptom:

BXM fw does not allow a networking channel on VTs to configured for egress only.

Condition:

BXM fw allowed configuration of networking channel to be bidirectional only.

Workaround:

None.

Firmware Filenames and Sizes

BXMMFR.000 65536

BXMMFR.001 65536

BXMMFR.002 65536

BXMMFR.003 65536

BXMMFR.004 65536

BXMMFR.005 65536

BXMMFR.006 65536

BXMMFR.007 65536

BXMMFR.008 65536

BXMMFR.009 65536

BXMMFR.010 65536

BXMMFR.011 65536

BXMMFR.012 65536

BXMMFR.013 65536

BXMMFR.014 65536

BXMMFR.015 65536

BXMMFR.016 65536

BXMMFR.017 65536

BXMMFR.018 65536

BXMMFR.019 65536

BXMMFR.020 65536

BXMMFR.021 65536

BXMMFR.022 65536

BXMMFR.023 65536

BXMMFR.024 65536

BXMMFR.025 42400

BXMMFR.026 14

BXMMFR.027 2

BXMMFR.IMG 784

BXMMFR.img 784

Appendix B. UXM Model C ACH Firmware Release Notes

Introduction

ACH is a firmware maintenance relelase for UXM card on IGX. Firmware is the same for UXM and UXM-E cards.

New Features

None.

Obsolete Features

None.

Compatibility

1. Software

ACH firmware is compatible with Switch Software Release 9.3.10 or later.

2. Hardware

ACH firmware is compatible with all UXM and UXM-E model hardware.

Bugs Resolved in ACH

The open bugs known at this stage are listed in the Known Anomalies section of this appendix. The firmware release ACH also contains the bug fixes done in the Model B firmware up to revision ABL.

Upgrade Instructions

If the firmware being upgraded is not revision ACB or higher, then the firmware upgrade to revision ACH requires an intermediate upgrade to revision ABJ. However, before upgrading the firmware to revision ABJ, the boot code has to be upgraded to boot revision 8.

If the firmware revision ACB has not been burned, follow these steps to upgrade the firmware to revision ACH:


Step 1   Execute a graceful upgrade to Release 9.3.10 or later.

Step 2   Upgrade the UXM boot code to boot revision 8.

Step 3   Upgrade the Administration application firmware to revision ABJ or greater.

Step 4   After the card comes up, upgrade the Administration application firmware to revision ACH.




Warning If these procedures are not followed, there is a big possibility that the card will enter a state from which it can NOT be recovered. Please pay attention to this section before loading the new firmware.

If the firmware revision ACB has been burned onto the card, follow these steps to upgrade the firmware to revision ACH:


Step 1   Execute a graceful upgrade to Release 9.3.10 or later.

Step 2   Upgrade the run-time UXM firmware to revision ACH.



Known Anomalies

Bug ID   Description 

CSCdu50731

Symptom:

When one of the physical lines within IMA goes down and comes backup remote side of IMA goes out of Sync. The UXM trunks may experience CGW discards due to corrupted Frames passing over unbalanced IMA trunk.

This problem is identified and resolved in ABR Release under UXM Model B firmware.

Workaround:

Resetting the UXM card will restore the service.

Bugs Fixed in ACH

Bug ID   Description 

CSCdu89369

Symptom:

SWERR9000/C311 logged when disable VSI partition on IMA-T1 VT on IGX.

Conditions:

When a VSI partition is enabled/disabled on a T1-IMA Virtual trunk SwSw Error9000 is logged.

Workaround:

Not a service affecting bug.

CSCdv19468

Symptom:

Loopback on Physical Interface not working on E3, T3 and OC3.

Conditions:

Loop back on Physical interface is not effective on ports and trunks as the traffic is seen leaked to other end CPE. This bug is found as part of Diagnostic Loopback feature implemented on UXM trunks which is enabled in 9.3.40 SwSw Release.

Workaround:

Issue resetcd.

CSCdv38499

Symptom:

Traffic is being LEAKED to the remote end when loop back is present.

Conditions:

Local loopback on UXM ports will result in traffic leaked to cell bus. Local remote loopback on UXM ports will result in traffic leaked to cell bus from remote end.

This bug is found and resolved as part of the Diagnostic Loopback feature implementation which is enabled in 9.3.40 SwSw Release.

Workaround:

Issue resetcd on UXM.

CSCdw14895

Symptom:

Adding ds3 trunk from Y-RED side results addtrk failure with message in 'loop back ' detected.

This bug was introduced due to CSCdv38499 which has broken addtrk on Y-Red pair.

Workaround:

addtrunk from remote end if no Y-Red exists on remote end.

Alternatively, physically pullout the Standby and perform addtrk.

CSCdt14885

Symptom:

UXM card resets, we see swerr 103 and or cderrs 0B 29 00 A9 01 0D 17.

Conditions:

UXM card resets with either 103 SwSw error or 0B h/w error or both on an active UXM which has been Up for 320 days. This bug is due to Gateway Timer Counter overflow which is found to ocuur every 320 days since card is up. This bug exists in all previuos versions of firmware under Model-C UXM as well as UXM-E hardware.

Workaround:

Reset UXM card in a maintenance window before 320 days of uptime.

Boot Code Requirements

Boot Code revision boot_08 is needed for the ACH release.

Unsupported Configurations or Applications.

1. MPLS Controllers other than 7200 series routers.

2. Port Adapter PA-A3 on the 7200 series router not supported for "multi-vc" configuration.

3. The OC3 MMF backcard is not supported for Y-redundancy configuration.

4. Adding more than one controller to a VSI partition is not supported.

5. Adding controllers on trunks is not supported. The controllers have to be attached to line interfaces.

6. Usage of IMA interfaces is not supported for attaching the LSCs (Label Switched Controllers) or LERs (Label Edged Routers). This restriction is because of the non_availability of IMA interface support in IOS software release 12.1.(3)T for LSC and LER interfaces. The IMA interfaces can be used for trunks between IGX nodes.

7. ILMI implementation does not support service registration and address registration.

Notes and Cautions

1. Switch Software Release 9.3.10 or later is compatible with the following versions of IOS and 7200 port adapter hardware:

IOS 12.1(3)T and later

PA-A1 (non enhanced) flavors of T3, E3, and OC3 ATM adapters


Note    PA-A3 adapters are not supported for multi-VC mode as of 9/2000.

2. Changing the VPI range on a UXM interface partition is not causing the Xtagatm interface configuration on the controller to be updated.

This is a recently discovered issue in 12.1(3)T.

When the slave ATM switch reports a VPI range change through an "IFC GET CNFG TRAP" the LSC does the following:

    a. If the VPI range is reduced, the XTAG interface is toggled down and back up to force LDP/TDP to be reset. This is because LDP currently negotiates label ranges (VPI,VCI ranges) only when the session is established. The info displayed through a "show tag int detailed" command should be correct in this case.


Note    The above does not apply to the BPX where the VPI or VCI range cannot be SHRUNK using the cnfrsrc command unless the interface is in the disabled state.

    b. If the VPI range is increased, the information is updated in the VSI master but the information is NOT propagated to the XTAG. This is done so that the LSC will ignore the increased range instead of resetting the LDP session which forces VCs to be torn down. The VPI range from the "show tag int detailed" command can be interpreted as the LOCAL range that LDP/TDP used when setting up the session that is active. Changes at the ATM switch level are not reflected in the LSC unless the change explicitly causes the LDP session to be re-established.

3. Only one Xtag interface corresponding to a partition on a UXM interface that has multiple-partitions comes up. Other Xtag interface based on different partitions on the same UXM interface is not coming up.

Turn on "debug VSI errors."

If you see errors that say something of the kind "VPI/VCI in use" or "VCI in use"; the problem is overloading of the 0/32 tag-control PVC.

Example 1: Node tagigx4

    a. dspctrlrs for tagigx4, shows two controllers, one each for partition 1 and partition 2.

tagigx4        TN    Cisco           IGX 8430  9.3.1Z    Aug. 3 2000  11:05 PDT  

                    VSI Controller Information 

 CtrlrId   PartId     ControlVC            Intfc    Type     CtrlrIP 
                      VPI    VCIRange 
    1         1       0      40-70          3.3      MPLS     6.6.6.6 
     2         2       0      40-70          19.3     MPLS     66.66.66.66 

    b. Example 2: dsprsrc for 7.1, shows partitions 1, 2 and 3 on trunk 7.1

Trunk : 7.1 
Maximum PVC LCNS: 256             Maximum PVC Bandwidth: 65000 
                                   (Statistical Reserve: 5000) 
   

                State   MinLCN   MaxLCN   StartVPI   EndVPI   MinBW    MaxBW 
 Partition 1:   E       30       100      50         75       1000     10000 
 Partition 2:   E       10       100      90         150      1000     10000 
  Partition 3:   E       10       100      180        240      1000     5000 

    c. Xtagatm interface configuration for partitions 1 and 2 on Trunk 7.1

Make sure that only xtag atm interface uses the default tag-control-vc of 0/32. All other xtag atm interfaces on the same UXM interface should use non-defaulttag-control-vcs using the "tag-switching atm control-vc" command.

xtagatm71 configuration on the LSC connected to 3.3, using default tag-control-vc of 0/32

Current configuration: 
 ! 
 interface XTagATM71 
  ip unnumbered Loopback0 
   no ip mroute-cache 
   extended-port ATM2/0 vsi 0x00070100 
   tag-switching ip 
  end 

xtagatm71 configuration on an LSC connected to 19.3 using configured tag-control-vc of 90/32

  Current configuration: 
 ! 
 interface XTagATM71 
   ip unnumbered Loopback1 
   no ip directed-broadcast 
   no ip route-cache cef 
   extended-port ATM5/0 vsi 0x00070100 
   tag-switching atm control-vc 90 32 
   tag-switching ip 
  end 

4. The URL for open and resolved caveats for IOS release image 12.1.(3)T can be found at: http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios121/121relnt/121cavs/121tcavs.htm

5. An MPLS LSC on a T3 port cannot see the IGX.

When configuring a Cisco MPLS LSC on T3 interfaces, make sure the payload scrambling option on the UXM T3 line matches the config on the LSC. The default for the LSC is OFF, and the default for the UXM is ON. This can cause a lot of wasted time, since the lines will come UP and CLEAR.

e.g. T3 UXM config.

dsplncnf 12.6

         tagigx3        VT    Cisco           IGX 8430  9.3.1Z    Aug. 3 2000  10:14 PDT  

         LN  12.6 Config       T3/636                UXM slot:12  
         Loop clock:           No  
         Line framing:         PLCP Idle code:            7F hex  
         HCS Masking:          Yes  
         Payload Scramble:     No  
         VC Shaping:           No  

dspctrlrs

         tagigx3        VT    Cisco           IGX 8430  9.3.1Z    Aug. 3 2000  10:14 PDT  

                    VSI Controller Information 

         CtrlrId   PartId     ControlVC            Intfc    Type     CtrlrIP 
                                 VPI    VCIRange 
            1         1       0      40-70          12.6     MPLS     7.7.7.7 
            2         2       0      40-70          12.1     MPLS     99.99.99.99 

e.g. controller 1 on node tagigx3 is connected to 12.6. If the IP address in the CtrlrIP column is correct, you know that the LSC is being seen by the IGX and vice-versa. Otherwise you will see 0.0.0.0.

Firmware Filenames and Filesizes

Filename(s)  Size (bytes) 

ACH.000 to ACH.023

65536

ACH.0024

37230

ACH.img

784

Filename(s)  Size (bytes) 

AC08.000

56624

AC08.img

784

Appendix C. URM Model B Firmware XBB Release Notes

Introduction

URM XBB is Model-B firmware release for URM card on IGX. The URM is an IOS-based routing module for the IGX. This is an upgrade from XBA.

New Features

No new features are introduced by XBB.

Obselete Features

None.

Compatibility

1. Software

XBB firmware is compatible with Switch Software Release 9.3.30 or later.

2. Hardware

XBB firmware is compatible with URM hardware.

Bugs Resolved in XBB

None. It is equivalent to ACH UXM model firmware for VSI bug fixes.

Upgrade Instructions

None. Uses the same Boot revision as XBA firmware.

Known Anomalies

<Info Needed>

Boot Code Requirements

Boot Code revision boot_2 is needed for the XBB release.

Unsupported Configurations or Applications

1. 0/1023 is a special vc used by URM for IPC between Admin Processor and IOS. When configuring MPLS network, care needs to be taken for not trying to commit any cros-connect or control-vc on the port. This may result in SWERRS or non-working configurations.

Firmware Filenames and Sizes

XBB Firmware Boot Code

Filename(s)  Size (bytes) 

XBB.000 to XBB.019

65536

XBB.020

5701

XBB.img

784

XAA Firmware Boot Code

Filename  Size (bytes) 

XA2.000

57328

XA2.img

784

Notes and Cautions

1. The URM back card is hot-swappable; however the IOS processor is held in reset when back card is removed.

2. Card Mismatch. XBA supports both BC-2FE2V and BC-2FE. But card mismatch is declared if BC-2FE2V and BC-2FE are swapped out of an "ACTIVE" URM card. Back cards of two different types can be swapped only in a "STANDBY" URM card.

3. If Remote Router Configuration feature is used to burn the IOS configuration in the card, there is no way to delete the burnt configuration. It can only be overwritten by another configuration.

Obtaining Documentation

The following sections explain how to obtain documentation from Cisco Systems.

World Wide Web

You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at the following URL:

http://www.cisco.com

Translated documentation is available at the following URL:

http://www.cisco.com/public/countries_languages.shtml

Documentation CD-ROM

Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a Cisco Documentation CD-ROM package, which is shipped with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM is updated monthly and may be more current than printed documentation. The CD-ROM package is available as a single unit or through an annual subscription.

Ordering Documentation

Cisco documentation is available in the following ways:

http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/order/order_root.pl

http://www.cisco.com/go/subscription

Documentation Feedback

If you are reading Cisco product documentation on Cisco.com, you can submit technical comments electronically. Click Leave Feedback at the bottom of the Cisco Documentation home page. After you complete the form, print it out and fax it to Cisco at 408 527-0730.

You can e-mail your comments to bug-doc@cisco.com.

To submit your comments by mail, use the response card behind the front cover of your document, or write to the following address:

Cisco Systems
Attn: Document Resource Connection
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-9883

We appreciate your comments.

Obtaining Technical Assistance

Cisco provides Cisco.com as a starting point for all technical assistance. Customers and partners can obtain documentation, troubleshooting tips, and sample configurations from online tools by using the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) Web Site. Cisco.com registered users have complete access to the technical support resources on the Cisco TAC Web Site.

Cisco.com

Cisco.com is the foundation of a suite of interactive, networked services that provides immediate, open access to Cisco information, networking solutions, services, programs, and resources at any time, from anywhere in the world.

Cisco.com is a highly integrated Internet application and a powerful, easy-to-use tool that provides a broad range of features and services to help you to

You can self-register on Cisco.com to obtain customized information and service. To access Cisco.com, go to the following URL:

http://www.cisco.com

Technical Assistance Center

The Cisco TAC is available to all customers who need technical assistance with a Cisco product, technology, or solution. Two types of support are available through the Cisco TAC: the Cisco TAC Web Site and the Cisco TAC Escalation Center.

Inquiries to Cisco TAC are categorized according to the urgency of the issue:

Which Cisco TAC resource you choose is based on the priority of the problem and the conditions of service contracts, when applicable.

Cisco TAC Web Site

The Cisco TAC Web Site allows you to resolve P3 and P4 issues yourself, saving both cost and time. The site provides around-the-clock access to online tools, knowledge bases, and software. To access the Cisco TAC Web Site, go to the following URL:

http://www.cisco.com/tac

All customers, partners, and resellers who have a valid Cisco services contract have complete access to the technical support resources on the Cisco TAC Web Site. The Cisco TAC Web Site requires a Cisco.com login ID and password. If you have a valid service contract but do not have a login ID or password, go to the following URL to register:

http://www.cisco.com/register/

If you cannot resolve your technical issues by using the Cisco TAC Web Site, and you are a Cisco.com registered user, you can open a case online by using the TAC Case Open tool at the following URL:

http://www.cisco.com/tac/caseopen

If you have Internet access, it is recommended that you open P3 and P4 cases through the Cisco TAC Web Site.

Cisco TAC Escalation Center

The Cisco TAC Escalation Center addresses issues that are classified as priority level 1 or priority level 2; these classifications are assigned when severe network degradation significantly impacts business operations. When you contact the TAC Escalation Center with a P1 or P2 problem, a Cisco TAC engineer will automatically open a case.

To obtain a directory of toll-free Cisco TAC telephone numbers for your country, go to the following URL:

http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml

Before calling, please check with your network operations center to determine the level of Cisco support services to which your company is entitled; for example, SMARTnet, SMARTnet Onsite, or Network Supported Accounts (NSA). In addition, please have available your service agreement number and your product serial number.

This document is to be used in conjunction with the 9.3.30 documentation set.


Copyright © 2002, Cisco Systems, Inc.
All rights reserved.


hometocprevnextglossaryfeedbacksearchhelp
Posted: Fri Sep 12 14:10:35 PDT 2003
All contents are Copyright © 1992--2003 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Important Notices and Privacy Statement.